1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type {
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab *got_entries;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab *got_page_refs;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab *got_page_entries;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info *next;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info *info;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info *primary;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info *current;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info *info;
220 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection *stub_section;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips : 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp : 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection *call_fp_stub;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry : 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection *strampoline;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp : 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info *info;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info *got;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line *find_line_info;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection **local_stubs;
565 asection **local_call_stubs;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
570 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
571 asection *elf_data_section;
572 asection *elf_text_section;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info *info;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
655 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
726 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
751 bfd_vma *, asection *);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1274 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1275 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1276 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1277 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1278 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1279 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1280 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1281 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1282 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1283 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1284 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1285 ret->use_plt_entry = FALSE;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1303 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1306 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1308 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1328 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1329 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1331 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1332 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1336 swap->external_hdr_size))
1339 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1340 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1365 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1379 if (debug->line != NULL)
1381 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1382 free (debug->external_dnr);
1383 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1384 free (debug->external_pdr);
1385 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1386 free (debug->external_sym);
1387 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1388 free (debug->external_opt);
1389 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1390 free (debug->external_aux);
1391 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1393 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1394 free (debug->ssext);
1395 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1396 free (debug->external_fdr);
1397 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1398 free (debug->external_rfd);
1399 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1400 free (debug->external_ext);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1426 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1430 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1432 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1434 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1435 struct sym_ext *esym;
1439 bfd_size_type count;
1440 unsigned long sindex;
1444 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1454 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1455 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1458 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1460 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1467 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1468 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1472 size = sizeof (char *);
1473 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1477 count = hdr->isymMax;
1478 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1479 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1486 count = hdr->issMax;
1487 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1493 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1494 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1496 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1497 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1498 rp->adr = sym.value;
1499 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1500 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1501 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1502 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1503 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1504 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1505 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1507 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1508 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1512 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1513 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1514 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1524 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1526 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1527 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1528 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1529 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1532 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1533 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s->contents = rtproc;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1578 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1593 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1594 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1602 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1604 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1606 elfh->other = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh->other);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1629 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1630 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name = concat (prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL);
1635 res = _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1636 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1644 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1645 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1646 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1647 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1659 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1663 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1672 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs < relend)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1703 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1706 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1709 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1710 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1716 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1717 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1718 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1719 h->fn_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1722 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1729 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1730 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1731 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1732 h->call_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1735 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1742 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1743 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1744 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1745 h->call_fp_stub->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1756 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1757 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1758 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1766 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1767 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1768 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1769 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1770 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1771 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1780 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1785 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1789 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1790 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1792 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1807 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1809 && h->root.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1813 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1828 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1833 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1834 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1844 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1848 asection *s, *input_section;
1851 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1863 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1864 input_section->output_section);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1873 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1877 stub->stub_section = s;
1878 stub->offset = s->size;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1891 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1896 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s = htab->strampoline;
1904 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1905 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1906 input_section->output_section);
1907 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1909 htab->strampoline = s;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1914 stub->stub_section = s;
1915 stub->offset = s->size;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search.stub_section = NULL;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1946 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1950 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h->la25_stub = stub;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
1970 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1972 h->la25_stub = stub;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1986 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti->info))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
2005 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
2007 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2136 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
2147 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2154 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2162 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2170 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2176 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2182 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2188 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2194 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2200 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2209 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type == R_MIPS_PCLO16);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2218 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2224 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type)
2232 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type)
2245 return (r_type == R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC19_S2);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2252 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type == R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2262 return (r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type == R_MIPS16_PC16_S1);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2269 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2278 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2286 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2294 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2303 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2310 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2312 val = first << 16 | second;
2313 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2314 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2317 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2326 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2331 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2334 second = val & 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2339 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2340 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2344 second = val & 0xffff;
2345 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2354 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2364 relocation = symbol->value;
2366 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2367 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2369 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2382 val += relocation - gp;
2384 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2386 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2388 + reloc_entry->address);
2389 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2393 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2396 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2410 asection *input_section;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2429 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2430 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2433 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2435 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2438 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2442 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2444 n->input_section = input_section;
2445 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2448 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2449 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2460 void *data, asection *input_section,
2461 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2463 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2468 input_section, output_bfd,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2472 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2481 void *data, asection *input_section,
2482 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2485 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2487 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2492 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2499 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2501 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2509 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2510 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2511 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2512 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2513 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2520 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2522 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2525 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2530 input_section, output_bfd,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2540 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2541 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2548 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2550 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2561 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val += symbol->value;
2569 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2571 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2572 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2573 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2582 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2585 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2593 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2598 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2603 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2615 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2616 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2645 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2646 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2647 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2648 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2662 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2663 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2664 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2665 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2666 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2667 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2692 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2693 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2694 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2695 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2696 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2697 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2698 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2720 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2721 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2722 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2723 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2730 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd *abfd,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in)
2745 in->version = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->version);
2746 in->isa_level = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_level);
2747 in->isa_rev = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->isa_rev);
2748 in->gpr_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->gpr_size);
2749 in->cpr1_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr1_size);
2750 in->cpr2_size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->cpr2_size);
2751 in->fp_abi = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->fp_abi);
2752 in->isa_ext = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->isa_ext);
2753 in->ases = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ases);
2754 in->flags1 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags1);
2755 in->flags2 = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->flags2);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd *abfd,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *in,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 *ex)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->version, ex->version);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_level, ex->isa_level);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->isa_rev, ex->isa_rev);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->gpr_size, ex->gpr_size);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr1_size, ex->cpr1_size);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->cpr2_size, ex->cpr2_size);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->fp_abi, ex->fp_abi);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->isa_ext, ex->isa_ext);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ases, ex->ases);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags1, ex->flags1);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->flags2, ex->flags2);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2791 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2795 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2797 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2822 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2824 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2850 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2852 asection *sec, *output_section;
2854 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2856 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2857 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2858 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2859 && !h->root.def_regular
2860 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2862 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2863 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2865 h->root.root.root.string,
2866 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2874 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2877 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2878 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2879 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2880 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2881 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2882 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2884 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2892 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2895 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2896 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2897 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2901 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2902 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2903 h->esym.asym.value =
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2906 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2908 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2909 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2910 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2913 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2915 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2917 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2922 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2923 output_section = sec->output_section;
2925 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2926 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2927 if (output_section == NULL)
2928 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2931 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2933 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2934 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2935 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2936 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2937 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2938 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2939 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2940 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2941 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2942 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2943 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2944 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2945 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2946 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2947 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2948 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2949 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2951 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2955 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2956 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2959 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2960 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2961 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2964 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2965 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2966 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2967 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2969 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2970 output_section = sec->output_section;
2971 if (output_section != NULL)
2972 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2973 + sec->output_offset
2974 + output_section->vma);
2976 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2980 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2982 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2983 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2985 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist != NULL);
2988 BFD_ASSERT (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE);
2989 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2990 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2991 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2993 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2996 output_section = sec->output_section;
2997 if (output_section != NULL)
2998 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.plist->stub_offset
2999 + sec->output_offset
3000 + output_section->vma);
3002 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
3007 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
3008 h->root.root.root.string,
3011 einfo->failed = TRUE;
3018 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3021 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
3023 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
3024 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
3026 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
3029 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3031 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3034 static INLINE hashval_t
3035 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
3038 return addr + (addr >> 32);
3045 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3047 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
3049 return (entry->symndx
3050 + ((entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
3051 + (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
3052 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
3053 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
3054 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
3055 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
3059 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
3061 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
3062 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
3064 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
3065 && e1->tls_type == e2->tls_type
3066 && (e1->tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
3067 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
3068 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
3069 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
3070 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
3074 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_)
3076 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
3078 ref = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref_;
3079 return ((ref->symndx >= 0
3080 ? (hashval_t) (ref->u.abfd->id + ref->symndx)
3081 : ref->u.h->root.root.root.hash)
3082 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref->addend));
3086 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_, const void *ref2_)
3088 const struct mips_got_page_ref *ref1, *ref2;
3090 ref1 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref1_;
3091 ref2 = (const struct mips_got_page_ref *) ref2_;
3092 return (ref1->symndx == ref2->symndx
3093 && (ref1->symndx < 0
3094 ? ref1->u.h == ref2->u.h
3095 : ref1->u.abfd == ref2->u.abfd)
3096 && ref1->addend == ref2->addend);
3100 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
3102 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
3104 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
3105 return entry->sec->id;
3109 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
3111 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
3113 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
3114 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
3115 return entry1->sec == entry2->sec;
3118 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3120 static struct mips_got_info *
3121 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd)
3123 struct mips_got_info *g;
3125 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
3129 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
3130 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
3131 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
3134 g->got_page_refs = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash,
3135 mips_got_page_ref_eq, NULL);
3136 if (g->got_page_refs == NULL)
3142 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3143 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3145 static struct mips_got_info *
3146 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
3148 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3150 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
3153 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3154 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
3155 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
3159 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3162 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
3164 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
3167 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
3170 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3171 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3172 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
3173 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_refs);
3174 if (tdata->got->got_page_entries)
3175 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
3180 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3181 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3182 if creation fails. */
3185 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
3191 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
3192 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3193 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
3194 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
3196 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
3201 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
3205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
3211 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3214 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
3216 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3219 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3222 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3225 return GOT_TLS_NONE;
3228 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3231 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
3248 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3249 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3253 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
3254 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3257 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3258 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3260 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h)
3261 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
3264 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3266 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3267 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3276 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3282 return bfd_link_pic (info) ? 1 : 0;
3289 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3293 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3294 struct mips_got_info *g,
3295 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3297 if (entry->tls_type)
3299 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
3300 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, entry->tls_type,
3302 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3304 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3305 g->local_gotno += 1;
3307 g->global_gotno += 1;
3310 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3313 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3315 unsigned long reloc_index,
3320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3322 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3324 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3325 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3327 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3329 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3330 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3332 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3336 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3338 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3341 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3344 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3345 struct mips_got_entry *entry,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3351 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3352 bfd_vma got_offset, got_offset2;
3353 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3355 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3359 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3364 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3366 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info),
3368 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
3369 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3370 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3373 if (entry->tls_initialized)
3376 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) || indx != 0)
3378 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3379 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3382 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3383 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3384 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3385 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3386 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3388 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3389 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3390 got_offset = entry->gotidx;
3392 switch (entry->tls_type)
3395 /* General Dynamic. */
3396 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3403 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3406 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3407 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3408 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3409 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3412 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3417 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3419 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3424 /* Initial Exec model. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3429 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3432 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3434 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3435 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3436 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3437 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3441 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3445 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3446 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3447 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3448 sgot->contents + got_offset
3449 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3452 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3453 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3455 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3456 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3457 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3458 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3465 entry->tls_initialized = TRUE;
3468 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3469 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3470 will be negative. */
3473 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3476 bfd_vma got_address, got_value;
3477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3479 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist != NULL);
3483 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
3485 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3486 got_address = (htab->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
3487 + htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3488 + (h->plt.plist->gotplt_index
3489 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info->output_bfd)));
3491 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3492 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3493 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3494 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3496 return got_address - got_value;
3499 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3500 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3501 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3502 offset can be found. */
3505 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3506 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3510 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3512 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3515 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3516 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3520 if (entry->tls_type)
3521 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, info, entry, h, value);
3522 return entry->gotidx;
3525 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3528 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3529 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3532 long global_got_dynindx;
3533 struct mips_got_info *g;
3536 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3537 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3539 global_got_dynindx = 0;
3540 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3541 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3543 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3544 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3545 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3548 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE);
3549 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3550 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd));
3551 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->root.sgot->size);
3556 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3557 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3560 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *ibfd,
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3564 struct mips_got_info *g;
3565 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3568 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3569 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3571 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3574 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3575 if (!lookup.tls_type && g == mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd, FALSE))
3576 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd, info, h);
3580 lookup.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3581 entry = htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3584 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3585 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->root.sgot->size);
3587 if (lookup.tls_type)
3589 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3591 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3592 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3593 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3594 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3595 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3596 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3598 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd, info, entry, lookup.d.h, value);
3603 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3604 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3605 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3606 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3607 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3610 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3611 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3613 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3614 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3616 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3617 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3618 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3623 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3626 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3631 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3632 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3633 symbol that binds locally. */
3636 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3637 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3639 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3641 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3642 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3643 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3644 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3646 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3648 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3649 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3650 same in all cases. */
3651 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3652 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3654 return entry->gotidx;
3659 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3663 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3664 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3670 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3673 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3674 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3675 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3677 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3680 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3681 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3682 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3685 static struct mips_got_entry *
3686 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3687 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3688 unsigned long r_symndx,
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3692 struct mips_got_entry lookup, *entry;
3694 struct mips_got_info *g;
3695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3698 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3701 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3704 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3708 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3710 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3712 lookup.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3713 if (lookup.tls_type)
3716 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3719 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3723 lookup.symndx = r_symndx;
3724 lookup.d.addend = 0;
3732 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, &lookup);
3735 gotidx = entry->gotidx;
3736 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx > 0 && gotidx < htab->root.sgot->size);
3743 lookup.d.address = value;
3744 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3748 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3752 if (g->assigned_low_gotno > g->assigned_high_gotno)
3754 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3756 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3761 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3765 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
3766 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)
3767 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type)
3768 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type))
3769 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_low_gotno++;
3771 lookup.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_high_gotno--;
3776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, htab->root.sgot->contents + entry->gotidx);
3778 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3779 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3781 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3784 bfd_vma got_address;
3786 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3787 got_address = (htab->root.sgot->output_section->vma
3788 + htab->root.sgot->output_offset
3791 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3792 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3793 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3794 outrel.r_addend = value;
3795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3801 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3802 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3803 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3804 the current linking stage. */
3806 static bfd_size_type
3807 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3809 bfd_size_type count;
3812 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3813 || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3816 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3818 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3819 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3820 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3821 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3822 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3828 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3829 appear towards the end. */
3832 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3835 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3836 struct mips_got_info *g;
3838 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3841 if (htab->root.dynsymcount == 0)
3849 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3850 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3851 = (htab->root.dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3852 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3853 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3854 hsd.max_local_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3855 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = htab->root.local_dynsymcount + 1;
3856 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, &hsd);
3858 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3859 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3860 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_local_dynindx <= htab->root.local_dynsymcount + 1);
3861 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3862 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx == htab->root.dynsymcount);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx == g->global_gotno);
3865 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3866 table index in the GOT. */
3867 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3872 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3873 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3879 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3881 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3883 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3886 switch (h->global_got_area)
3889 if (h->root.forced_local)
3890 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_local_dynindx++;
3892 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3896 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3897 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3900 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3901 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3902 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3903 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3910 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3911 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3912 hash table directly). */
3915 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3916 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3919 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3920 struct mips_got_info *g;
3921 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3923 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3924 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3926 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3930 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3931 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3934 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3938 lookup->tls_initialized = FALSE;
3939 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3944 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3945 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3949 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3958 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3959 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3960 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3963 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3964 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3965 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3969 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3970 unsigned char tls_type;
3972 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3975 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3977 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3979 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3981 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3983 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3987 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3990 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3994 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3995 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3996 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
4000 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4001 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
4002 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4005 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4006 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4009 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
4010 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
4012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4013 struct mips_got_info *g;
4014 struct mips_got_entry entry;
4016 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4017 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4020 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
4023 entry.symndx = symndx;
4024 entry.d.addend = addend;
4025 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
4026 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
4029 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4030 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4034 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
4035 long symndx, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4036 bfd_signed_vma addend)
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4039 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
4040 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup, *entry;
4041 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
4043 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4044 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4046 g1 = htab->got_info;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
4052 lookup.u.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
4056 lookup.symndx = symndx;
4057 lookup.u.abfd = abfd;
4059 lookup.addend = addend;
4060 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4064 entry = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *loc;
4067 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4075 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4076 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
4080 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_refs, &lookup, INSERT);
4090 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4093 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4099 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4100 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4102 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4103 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4105 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4106 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4111 /* Make room for a null element. */
4112 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4115 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4119 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4120 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4121 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4122 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4125 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4127 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4128 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4130 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4131 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4132 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4137 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4138 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4144 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4148 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4149 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4150 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4151 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4154 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4156 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4157 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4160 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4161 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4162 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4163 && entry->symndx == -1
4164 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4165 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4174 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4175 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4177 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4178 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4181 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4189 if (entry == &new_entry)
4191 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4200 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4205 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4208 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
4210 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4213 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4216 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg,
4217 asection *sec, bfd_signed_vma addend)
4219 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4220 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
4221 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
4222 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
4225 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4227 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
4231 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4232 seen the section. */
4233 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
4236 entry = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*entry));
4244 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4246 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
4247 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
4248 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
4250 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4251 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4252 a new singleton range. */
4254 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
4256 range = bfd_zalloc (arg->info->output_bfd, sizeof (*range));
4260 range->next = *range_ptr;
4261 range->min_addend = addend;
4262 range->max_addend = addend;
4270 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4271 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4273 /* Update the ranges. */
4274 if (addend < range->min_addend)
4275 range->min_addend = addend;
4276 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
4278 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
4280 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
4281 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
4282 range->next = range->next->next;
4285 range->max_addend = addend;
4288 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4289 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
4290 if (old_pages != new_pages)
4292 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
4293 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
4299 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4300 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4301 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4302 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4305 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp, void *data)
4307 struct mips_got_page_ref *ref;
4308 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4313 ref = (struct mips_got_page_ref *) *refp;
4314 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4315 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (arg->info);
4317 if (ref->symndx < 0)
4319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4321 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4323 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg->info, &h->root))
4326 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4328 if (!((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4329 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4330 && h->root.root.u.def.section))
4333 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
4334 addend = h->root.root.u.def.value + ref->addend;
4338 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4340 /* Read in the symbol. */
4341 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ref->u.abfd,
4349 /* Get the associated input section. */
4350 sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref->u.abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4357 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4358 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4359 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4360 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4361 if (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4365 secinfo = elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info;
4366 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4367 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4368 isym->st_value + ref->addend);
4370 addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref->u.abfd, &sec, secinfo,
4371 isym->st_value) + ref->addend;
4374 addend = isym->st_value + ref->addend;
4376 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg, sec, addend))
4384 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4385 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4386 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4387 that they require. */
4390 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4391 struct mips_got_info *g)
4393 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4394 struct mips_got_info oldg;
4401 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &tga);
4405 g->got_entries = htab_create (htab_size (oldg.got_entries),
4406 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4407 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4408 if (!g->got_entries)
4411 htab_traverse (oldg.got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &tga);
4415 htab_delete (oldg.got_entries);
4418 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4419 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4420 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4425 htab_traverse (g->got_page_refs, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref, &tga);
4430 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4434 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4435 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4437 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4438 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4439 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4440 symbols later if appropriate. */
4441 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
4444 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4445 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4446 if (h->got_only_for_calls
4447 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4448 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
4451 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4452 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4453 the local rather than global GOT. */
4454 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && h->has_static_relocs)
4460 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4461 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4462 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4463 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4464 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4467 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4469 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4470 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4471 struct mips_got_info *g;
4473 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4474 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4476 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4478 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4479 local or global GOT. */
4480 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info, h))
4481 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4482 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4483 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4484 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4485 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4486 && h->got_only_for_calls
4487 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4488 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4489 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4490 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4491 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4492 else if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4494 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4501 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4502 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4505 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4507 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4508 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4511 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4512 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4513 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4522 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4527 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4528 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4531 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4533 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4534 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4537 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4538 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4539 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4548 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4553 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4554 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4555 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4556 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4560 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4561 struct mips_got_info *to,
4562 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4564 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4565 unsigned int estimate;
4567 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4568 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4569 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4570 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4572 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4574 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4575 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4577 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4578 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4579 conservatively as well. */
4580 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4581 estimate += arg->global_count;
4583 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4585 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4586 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4589 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4590 tga.info = arg->info;
4592 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4596 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4600 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4604 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4605 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4606 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4607 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4608 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4609 and then make make the new got current. */
4612 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4613 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4615 unsigned int estimate;
4618 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg->info, g))
4621 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4622 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4623 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4624 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4625 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4627 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4628 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4629 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4630 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4631 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4633 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4635 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4636 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4643 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4644 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4649 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4652 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4657 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4658 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4659 overflows anyway. */
4660 g->next = arg->current;
4666 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4667 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4668 an index in a different GOT. */
4671 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4673 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4675 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4676 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4678 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4680 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4684 *new_entry = *entry;
4685 *entryp = new_entry;
4688 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4692 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4693 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4694 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4697 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4699 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4700 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4702 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4703 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4704 if (entry->tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4707 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4708 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno))
4714 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4715 arg->g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (entry->tls_type);
4719 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4720 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4721 symbol to DATA->value. */
4724 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4726 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4727 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4729 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4730 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4731 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4732 && entry->symndx == -1
4733 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4734 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4738 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4739 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4740 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4741 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4744 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4746 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4747 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4749 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4750 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4751 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4752 && entry->symndx == -1
4753 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4755 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_low_gotno))
4760 arg->g->assigned_low_gotno += 1;
4762 if (bfd_link_pic (arg->info)
4763 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4764 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4765 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4766 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4772 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4773 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4774 lazy-binding stubs. */
4777 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4779 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4781 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4783 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4784 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4785 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4786 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4788 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4789 && entry->symndx == -1
4790 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4792 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4793 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4799 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4802 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4807 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4811 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4815 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4819 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4820 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4823 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4824 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4827 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4828 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4829 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4830 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4833 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4834 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4835 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4839 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4841 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4842 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4843 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4844 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4845 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4846 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4847 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4848 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4850 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4852 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4853 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4854 to be the primary GOT. */
4855 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4857 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4858 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4862 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4863 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4864 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
4866 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4867 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4869 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4873 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4874 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4875 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4876 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4878 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4880 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4881 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4882 those that are actually referenced. */
4883 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4884 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4887 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4888 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4889 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4890 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4892 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4893 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4894 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4895 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4896 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4897 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4898 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4899 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4900 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4901 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4902 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4903 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4904 points back to the master GOT. */
4905 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4906 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4913 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4915 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4916 g->assigned_low_gotno = assign;
4917 g->local_gotno += assign;
4918 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4919 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
4920 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4922 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4923 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4924 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4929 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4930 all non-TLS entries. */
4931 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4933 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4934 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4937 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4939 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4942 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4943 lazy-binding stubs. */
4945 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4949 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4952 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4954 unsigned int save_assign;
4956 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4957 relocations they need. */
4958 save_assign = g->assigned_low_gotno;
4959 g->assigned_low_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4961 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4963 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4966 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4967 g->assigned_low_gotno = save_assign;
4969 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4971 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_low_gotno;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4973 + g->next->global_gotno
4974 + g->next->tls_gotno
4975 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4977 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4979 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4982 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4989 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4990 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4992 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4993 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4994 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4995 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4997 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4999 while (relocation < relend)
5001 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
5002 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
5008 /* We didn't find it. */
5012 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5015 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
5016 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5017 asection **local_sections)
5019 unsigned long r_symndx;
5020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5023 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5024 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5025 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5027 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
5029 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
5035 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5038 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5040 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
5041 /* VALUE is negative. */
5042 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
5047 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5048 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5052 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
5054 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
5056 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
5057 /* The value is too big. */
5059 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
5060 /* The value is too small. */
5067 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5070 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
5072 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5075 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5078 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5081 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5088 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5091 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5094 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5101 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5104 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5105 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5108 register asection *s;
5110 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
5112 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5115 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
5117 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
5118 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
5121 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
5127 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5130 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
5133 register asection *s;
5134 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5135 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
5136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5138 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5139 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5141 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5142 if (htab->root.sgot)
5145 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
5146 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5148 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5149 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5150 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
5152 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
5154 htab->root.sgot = s;
5156 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5157 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5158 are not creating a global offset table. */
5160 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5161 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
5162 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
5165 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
5168 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
5169 h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
5170 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
5172 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5173 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
5176 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd);
5177 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
5178 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
5180 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5181 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
5182 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
5185 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
5188 htab->root.sgotplt = s;
5193 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5194 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5195 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5198 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5200 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
5201 && bfd_link_pic (info)
5202 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5203 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5206 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5207 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5208 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5212 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
5213 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5215 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5216 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5217 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5218 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5219 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5220 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5227 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
5228 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5231 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5232 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5233 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5237 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5244 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5245 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5246 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5248 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5249 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5250 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5252 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5253 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5254 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5255 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5257 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5258 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5259 asection *input_section,
5260 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5261 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5262 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5263 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5264 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5266 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5267 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5269 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5271 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5274 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5275 shared object file being produced. */
5277 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5280 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5282 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5283 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5284 during execution. */
5285 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5286 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5288 asection *sec = NULL;
5289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5292 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5295 bfd_boolean section_p = FALSE;
5296 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5297 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5298 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5299 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5300 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5301 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5303 unsigned long r_symndx;
5305 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5306 relocation value. */
5307 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5308 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5309 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5310 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5313 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
5315 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5316 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5317 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5319 /* Parse the relocation. */
5320 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5321 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5322 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5323 + input_section->output_offset
5324 + relocation->r_offset);
5326 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5327 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5329 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5330 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5331 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5332 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5334 was_local_p = local_p;
5335 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5336 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5339 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5340 must come before globals. */
5344 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5347 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5348 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5350 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5351 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5353 section_p = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION;
5355 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5356 if (!section_p || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5357 symbol += sym->st_value;
5358 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && section_p)
5360 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5362 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5365 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5366 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5369 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5370 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5371 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5373 if (*namep == NULL || **namep == '\0')
5374 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5376 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5377 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5378 if (section_p || r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
5380 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (addend & 1) && !micromips_p;
5381 target_is_micromips_code_p = (addend & 1) && micromips_p;
5383 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5384 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5385 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
5387 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && !micromips_p;
5388 target_is_micromips_code_p = ((symbol + addend) & 1) && micromips_p;
5390 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5393 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5394 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5399 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5401 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5402 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5403 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5404 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5405 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5406 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5407 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5409 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5410 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5412 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5413 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5414 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5415 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5417 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5418 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5419 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5420 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5424 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5425 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5426 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5427 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5430 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5431 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5432 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5434 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5435 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5436 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5438 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5439 if (sec->output_section)
5440 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5441 + sec->output_section->vma
5442 + sec->output_offset);
5444 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5446 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5447 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5448 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5449 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5452 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5453 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5455 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5456 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5458 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5459 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5460 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5461 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5462 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5464 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info));
5465 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5468 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5470 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5471 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5472 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5473 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5474 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5475 which is available from here:
5476 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5481 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5482 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5483 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5484 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5485 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other));
5486 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5489 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5490 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other);
5493 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5494 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5496 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5498 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5499 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5501 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5502 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5503 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5505 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5506 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5508 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5509 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5510 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5512 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5513 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5517 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5522 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5525 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5526 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5527 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5528 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5537 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5538 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5539 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5541 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5542 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5543 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5544 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5545 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5546 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5548 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5549 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5550 && ((h != NULL && h->use_plt_entry) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5553 sec = mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5556 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5557 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5559 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5564 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5566 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5568 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5575 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5578 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5581 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5582 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5584 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5586 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5587 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5588 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5590 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5591 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5592 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5593 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
5596 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5597 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5598 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5599 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5601 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5602 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
5603 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5606 && h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE
5607 && h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
5609 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
5611 sec = htab->root.splt;
5612 symbol = (sec->output_section->vma
5613 + sec->output_offset
5614 + htab->plt_header_size
5615 + htab->plt_mips_offset
5616 + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset
5619 target_is_16_bit_code_p = !micromips_p;
5620 target_is_micromips_code_p = micromips_p;
5623 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5624 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5625 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5628 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5629 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5632 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5633 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5634 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5635 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5636 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5638 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
5639 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5640 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5641 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5642 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5643 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5644 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type)
5645 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5646 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5647 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5649 local_p = (h == NULL || mips_use_local_got_p (info, h));
5651 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5652 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5654 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5659 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5660 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5661 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5662 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5664 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5665 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5669 resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
5670 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info,
5673 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5674 to need it, get it now. */
5677 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5678 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5681 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5682 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5683 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5684 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5685 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5694 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5695 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5696 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5697 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5698 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5699 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5701 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5702 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5703 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5705 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5706 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5708 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5712 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5713 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5714 if (htab->is_vxworks
5715 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5716 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5717 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5719 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5720 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5721 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5725 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5726 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, info, input_bfd,
5728 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5729 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5730 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5731 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->root.sgot->contents + g);
5734 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5735 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5736 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5740 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5741 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5743 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5746 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5747 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5751 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5752 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5753 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5755 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5759 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5760 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5762 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5763 + input_section->output_offset
5764 + relocation->r_offset);
5765 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5766 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5767 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5769 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5770 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5772 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5773 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5776 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5779 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5783 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5786 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5787 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5788 value = symbol + addend;
5789 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5795 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
5796 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5798 && h->root.def_dynamic
5799 && !h->root.def_regular
5800 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5801 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5803 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5804 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
5805 && !resolved_to_zero))
5806 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5808 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5809 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5810 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5811 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5812 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5813 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5815 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5823 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5827 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5828 value = symbol + addend;
5832 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5836 value = symbol + addend - p;
5837 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5841 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5842 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5843 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5844 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5845 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5847 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5851 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5852 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5854 if (howto->partial_inplace && !section_p)
5855 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5860 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5861 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5863 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5864 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5865 ? (value & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5866 : (value & ((1 << shift) - 1)) != (r_type != R_MIPS_26)))
5867 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5870 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5871 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5872 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5876 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5877 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5879 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5883 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5886 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5887 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5888 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5891 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5894 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5898 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5899 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5900 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5901 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5903 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5908 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5911 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5912 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5916 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5917 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5918 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5922 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5923 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5924 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5925 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5926 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5927 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5928 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5929 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5930 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5931 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5932 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5934 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5941 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5943 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5946 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5947 for this conditional. */
5948 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5949 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5950 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5951 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5952 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5954 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5955 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5956 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5957 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5958 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5961 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5962 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5965 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5966 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5967 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5968 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5969 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5970 not check for overflow here. */
5974 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5975 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5976 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5977 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5978 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5983 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5984 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5985 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5986 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5987 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5988 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5989 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5990 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5991 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5992 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5993 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5994 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5995 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5996 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5997 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5998 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5999 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6000 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6004 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6005 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6008 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
6009 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
6012 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
6013 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
6014 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6015 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6016 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
6018 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
6019 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
6020 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6021 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6023 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6024 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6031 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6032 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
6033 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
6034 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
6035 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6036 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
6037 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
6038 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
6039 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
6040 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
6042 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6045 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
6046 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
6048 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6052 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
6053 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6054 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18);
6056 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6057 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6058 will never trigger for them. */
6059 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6060 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 1
6061 : ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0)
6062 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6064 value = symbol + addend - p;
6065 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6066 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
6067 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6068 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6071 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
6072 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6073 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6075 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6076 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6077 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6078 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6079 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6081 value = symbol + addend - p;
6082 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6083 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6084 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6085 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6088 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
6089 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6090 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 23);
6092 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6093 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6095 value = symbol + addend - p;
6096 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6097 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 23);
6098 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6099 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6102 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
6103 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6104 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28);
6106 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6107 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6109 value = symbol + addend - p;
6110 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6111 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 28);
6112 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6113 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6116 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3:
6117 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6118 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6120 if ((symbol + addend) & 7)
6121 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6123 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 7) ^ 7);
6124 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6125 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6126 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6127 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6130 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
6131 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6132 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 21);
6134 if ((symbol + addend) & 3)
6135 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6137 value = symbol + addend - p;
6138 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6139 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 21);
6140 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6141 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6145 value = mips_elf_high (symbol + addend - p);
6146 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6147 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6148 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6152 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6153 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
6154 value = symbol + addend - p;
6155 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6158 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
6159 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6160 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8);
6162 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6163 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6164 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6165 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6166 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6168 value = symbol + addend - p;
6169 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6170 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
6171 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6172 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6175 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
6176 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6177 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11);
6179 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6180 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6181 ? ((symbol + addend + 2) & 3) != 0
6182 : ((symbol + addend + 2) & 1) == 0))
6183 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6185 value = symbol + addend - p;
6186 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6187 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
6188 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6189 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
6193 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6194 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17);
6196 if ((was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6197 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6198 ? ((symbol + addend) & 3) != 0
6199 : ((symbol + addend) & 1) == 0))
6200 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6202 value = symbol + addend - p;
6203 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6204 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
6205 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6206 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6209 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
6210 if (howto->partial_inplace)
6211 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25);
6212 value = symbol + addend - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
6213 if (was_local_p || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6214 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
6215 value >>= howto->rightshift;
6216 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6219 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
6220 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
6221 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
6222 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
6223 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6224 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6225 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6227 value = mips_elf_high (value);
6228 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6231 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
6232 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
6233 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
6234 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
6235 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
6238 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6239 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
6240 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
6241 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
6242 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
6243 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
6244 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6247 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
6248 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
6250 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
6253 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
6257 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
6258 value = symbol - addend;
6259 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6263 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
6264 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
6265 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6268 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
6269 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
6270 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
6271 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6274 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
6275 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
6276 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
6277 value &= howto->dst_mask;
6281 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
6282 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6283 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6284 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6285 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6286 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6287 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6288 if (*cross_mode_jump_p)
6289 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6290 value = symbol + addend;
6291 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6292 if (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR ? (value & 3) != 0 : (value & 1) == 0)
6293 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6297 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6298 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
6299 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6300 return bfd_reloc_continue;
6303 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6304 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
6307 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6309 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
6312 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6315 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
6316 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6317 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
6320 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6321 unsigned int size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6323 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6325 x = bfd_get (8 * size, input_bfd, location);
6330 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6331 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6332 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6334 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6335 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6337 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6340 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
6341 reloc_howto_type *howto,
6342 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
6343 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
6344 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
6345 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
6349 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
6352 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6353 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
6355 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
6357 /* Obtain the current value. */
6358 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
6360 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6361 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
6363 /* Set the field. */
6364 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
6366 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6367 if (!cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6369 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6371 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 ? opcode == 0x7
6372 : r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 ? opcode == 0x3c
6375 info->callbacks->einfo
6376 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6377 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6381 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
6384 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
6385 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
6387 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6388 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
6390 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
6393 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
6395 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
6400 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
6404 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6405 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6408 info->callbacks->einfo
6409 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6410 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6411 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6415 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6416 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
6418 else if (cross_mode_jump_p && b_reloc_p (r_type))
6420 bfd_boolean ok = FALSE;
6421 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 16;
6422 bfd_vma jalx_opcode = 0;
6423 bfd_vma sign_bit = 0;
6427 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
6429 ok = opcode == 0x4060;
6434 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PC16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2)
6436 ok = opcode == 0x411;
6442 if (ok && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6444 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6445 + input_section->output_offset
6446 + relocation->r_offset
6449 + (((value & ((sign_bit << 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit) - sign_bit));
6451 if ((addr >> 28) << 28 != (dest >> 28) << 28)
6453 info->callbacks->einfo
6454 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6455 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6456 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6460 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6461 x = ((dest >> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode << 26;
6463 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->ignore_branch_isa)
6465 info->callbacks->einfo
6466 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6467 input_bfd, input_section, relocation->r_offset);
6472 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6474 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
6475 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6476 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6477 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
6478 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6479 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
6480 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6481 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6482 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
6483 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
6484 && (x & ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6490 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6491 + input_section->output_offset
6492 + relocation->r_offset
6494 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6495 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6499 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6501 if ((x & ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6502 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6504 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6508 /* Put the value into the output. */
6509 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (howto);
6511 bfd_put (8 * size, input_bfd, x, location);
6513 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !bfd_link_relocatable (info),
6519 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6520 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6521 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6522 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6525 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6526 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6527 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6529 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6530 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6532 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6537 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6538 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6540 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6541 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6543 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6544 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6545 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6546 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6547 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6548 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6551 outrel[0].r_offset =
6552 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6553 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6555 outrel[1].r_offset =
6556 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6557 outrel[2].r_offset =
6558 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6561 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6562 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6565 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6567 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6568 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6569 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6574 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6575 in the relocation. */
6576 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6578 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6579 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6580 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6581 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6583 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6584 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6585 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6586 undefined symbols. */
6591 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6593 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6600 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6603 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6604 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6610 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6611 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6612 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6613 local symbols because we used to generate them
6614 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6615 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6616 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6617 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6618 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6619 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6621 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6622 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6623 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6624 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6625 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6630 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6631 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6632 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6633 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6634 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6637 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6638 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6639 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6641 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6642 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6643 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6646 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6647 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6648 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6649 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6650 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6651 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6652 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6653 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6654 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6655 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6656 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6657 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6658 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6659 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6662 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6664 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6665 correct location in the output file. */
6666 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6667 + input_section->output_offset);
6668 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6669 + input_section->output_offset);
6670 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6671 + input_section->output_offset);
6673 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6674 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6675 relocation format is non-standard. */
6676 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6678 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6679 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6681 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6683 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6685 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6686 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6687 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6688 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6690 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6693 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6694 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6695 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6697 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6698 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6700 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6701 will be writing to it. */
6702 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6705 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6706 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6708 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6713 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6715 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6716 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6717 + input_section->output_section->vma
6718 + input_section->output_offset);
6719 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6720 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6722 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6723 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6724 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6726 cr = (scpt->contents
6727 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6728 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6729 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6730 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6731 + scpt->reloc_count));
6732 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6736 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6737 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6739 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6740 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6745 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6748 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6750 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6752 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6753 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6755 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6756 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6758 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6759 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6761 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6762 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6764 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6765 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6767 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6768 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6770 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6771 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6773 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6774 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6776 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6777 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6779 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6780 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6782 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6783 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6785 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6786 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6788 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6789 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6791 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6792 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6794 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3:
6795 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3;
6797 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6798 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6800 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6801 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6803 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6804 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6806 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2:
6807 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2;
6810 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6814 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6817 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6820 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6823 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6826 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6828 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6829 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6831 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6832 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6834 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6835 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6837 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6838 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6840 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6:
6841 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6;
6843 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6:
6844 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6;
6851 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6853 static INLINE char *
6854 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6858 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6859 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6862 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6864 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6868 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6870 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6872 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6874 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6877 return "unknown abi";
6881 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6882 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6883 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6884 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6885 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6886 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6887 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6888 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6890 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6891 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6892 definition in a shared library. */
6893 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6894 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6895 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6897 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6900 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6902 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6904 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6905 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6906 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6908 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6909 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6910 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6911 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6912 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6913 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6914 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6916 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6917 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6918 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6919 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6920 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6921 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6922 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6923 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6924 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6925 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6927 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6931 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6932 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6933 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6934 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6935 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6938 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6939 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6941 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6942 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6943 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6944 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6945 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6946 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6947 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6948 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6949 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6950 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6952 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6953 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6956 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6957 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6962 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6964 if (section != NULL)
6966 asym->section = section;
6967 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6968 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
6969 base address to make it an offset. */
6970 asym->value -= section->vma;
6977 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6979 if (section != NULL)
6981 asym->section = section;
6982 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6983 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
6984 base address to make it an offset. */
6985 asym->value -= section->vma;
6991 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6992 or microMIPS one. */
6993 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6994 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6997 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd))
6998 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6999 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
7001 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
7002 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
7006 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7007 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7009 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7010 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7011 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7012 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7013 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7015 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7016 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7017 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7018 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7020 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7021 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7022 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7023 We therefore take the following approach:
7025 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7026 determine the pointer size.
7028 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7029 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7033 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7034 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7035 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7036 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7037 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7039 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7040 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7044 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, const asection *sec)
7046 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
7048 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
7050 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
7052 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7053 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7054 if (long32_p && long64_p)
7061 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
7062 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
7063 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
7072 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7073 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7074 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7076 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7077 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7080 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7081 will jump there rather than to .text.
7083 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7084 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7087 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
7089 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
7092 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7093 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7094 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7098 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
7100 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7101 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
7105 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
7107 if (hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7110 (_("%pB: Incorrect `.reginfo' section size; expected %Lu, got %Lu"),
7111 abfd, (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo),
7113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7118 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
7121 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7122 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7126 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7127 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
7128 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
7129 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
7131 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7133 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7134 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7135 so that we don't have to read them again.
7136 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7137 through the section contents to see if there is an
7138 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7140 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
7142 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7143 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7145 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7147 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7149 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7152 /* xgettext:c-format */
7153 (_("%pB: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7155 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7158 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7165 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7166 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
7169 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7170 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
7173 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7180 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
7181 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
7184 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
7185 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
7192 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
7194 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
7196 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7197 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7198 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7199 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7200 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7201 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7202 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7203 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7204 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
7205 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
7206 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7207 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
7208 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7209 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7211 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
7213 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
7215 unsigned int adjust;
7217 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
7219 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
7227 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7228 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7229 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7231 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7235 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
7236 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
7242 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7243 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7244 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7245 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7246 probably get away with this. */
7247 switch (hdr->sh_type)
7249 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
7250 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
7254 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
7257 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
7258 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
7261 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
7262 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7265 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
7266 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
7269 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
7270 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
7272 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
7274 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
7275 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
7276 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
7278 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7280 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
7281 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7284 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
7285 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7288 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
7289 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7292 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
7293 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7295 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
7297 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
7298 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7299 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7302 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
7303 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7306 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
7307 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7308 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7315 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
7320 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7321 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
7327 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
7329 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
7331 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7332 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7334 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd, &ext,
7335 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags);
7336 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.version != 0)
7338 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
7341 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7343 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7344 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7345 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7346 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7347 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
7349 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
7352 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
7353 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
7355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
7356 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
7359 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7360 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7361 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7362 they should agree. */
7363 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
7365 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
7367 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7368 if (contents == NULL)
7370 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
7377 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
7378 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
7380 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
7382 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
7384 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
7387 /* xgettext:c-format */
7388 (_("%pB: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7390 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
7393 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7395 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
7397 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7399 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
7400 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7402 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7404 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
7406 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
7408 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7410 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
7411 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
7413 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
7423 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7424 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7425 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7428 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
7430 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7432 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
7434 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
7435 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
7436 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7438 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
7439 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
7440 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
7442 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
7443 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
7444 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7446 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
7447 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
7448 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
7450 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
7451 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7452 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7453 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7454 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7456 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7458 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
7460 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
7461 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7462 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7463 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7465 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
7466 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7468 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7471 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
7473 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7474 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
7475 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
7476 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
7478 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7479 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7481 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7482 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
7485 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
7486 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
7487 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
7488 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
7489 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
7490 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
7491 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
7492 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7494 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
7495 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7497 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
7499 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
7500 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7501 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7503 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
7505 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
7506 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
7507 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7509 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7511 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
7512 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0);
7514 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
7515 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
7517 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
7519 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7520 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7521 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7522 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
7523 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7525 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7527 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
7528 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7529 final_write_processing. */
7531 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7532 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7534 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7535 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7536 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7538 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7540 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7541 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7542 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7545 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7546 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7547 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7548 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7549 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7554 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7555 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7556 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7557 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7558 the .scommon section. */
7561 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7562 asection *sec, int *retval)
7564 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7566 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7569 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7571 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7577 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7578 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7581 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7582 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7583 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7584 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7586 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7587 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7588 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7590 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7595 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7596 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7597 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7598 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7599 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7600 is not done for them. */
7602 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7603 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7609 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7612 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7613 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7614 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7615 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7616 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7619 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7620 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7621 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7622 *valp = sym->st_size;
7626 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7627 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7629 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7630 asection *elf_text_section;
7631 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7633 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7634 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7637 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7638 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7639 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7642 /* Initialize the section. */
7644 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7645 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7647 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7648 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7650 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7651 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7652 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7653 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7654 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7655 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7656 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7658 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7659 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7660 so I took it out. */
7661 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7664 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7665 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7667 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7668 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7670 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7671 asection *elf_data_section;
7672 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7674 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7675 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7678 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7679 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7680 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7683 /* Initialize the section. */
7685 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7686 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7688 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7689 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7691 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7692 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7693 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7694 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7695 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7696 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7697 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7699 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7700 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7701 so I took it out. */
7702 *secp = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7705 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7706 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7710 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7711 && ! bfd_link_pic (info)
7712 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7713 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7715 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7716 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7718 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7720 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7721 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7722 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7725 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7728 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7730 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7733 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7734 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7737 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7738 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7739 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7740 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7746 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7747 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7748 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7751 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7752 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7753 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7754 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7756 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7757 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7758 common in the output file. */
7759 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7760 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7761 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7763 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7764 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7769 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7771 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7774 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7776 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7777 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7779 register asection *s;
7780 const char * const *namep;
7781 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7783 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7784 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7786 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7787 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7789 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7791 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7793 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7796 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7801 /* We need to create .got section. */
7802 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7805 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7808 /* Create .stub section. */
7809 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7810 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7813 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7814 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7818 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7819 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7820 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7822 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7823 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7825 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7826 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7830 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7831 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7832 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7833 the linker takes such action. */
7834 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7836 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7839 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7840 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7841 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7844 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7847 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7849 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7853 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7854 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7856 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7860 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7861 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7863 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7865 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7867 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7869 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7871 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7874 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7876 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7878 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7880 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7883 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
7887 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7889 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7890 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7891 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7894 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7897 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7899 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7902 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7904 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7905 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7906 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7907 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7908 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7909 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7911 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7913 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7914 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7915 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7918 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7921 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7923 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7925 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7929 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7930 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7931 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7934 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7935 if (htab->is_vxworks
7936 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7942 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7943 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7944 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7947 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7948 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7949 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7951 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7952 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7954 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7955 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7956 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7957 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7959 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7960 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7961 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7964 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7965 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7966 of the section that REL is against. */
7969 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7970 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7973 unsigned int r_type;
7977 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7978 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7980 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7981 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7982 bytes = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7983 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7985 addend = bytes & howto->src_mask;
7987 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7989 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && (bytes >> 26) == 0x3c)
7995 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7996 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7997 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7998 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7999 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8002 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
8003 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
8004 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
8005 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
8007 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
8008 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
8009 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
8012 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8013 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
8014 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
8015 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
8016 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
8017 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_PCHI16)
8018 lo16_type = R_MIPS_PCLO16;
8020 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
8022 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8023 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8024 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8027 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8029 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8030 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8031 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8032 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8033 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8034 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8036 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8037 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8038 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8039 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
8040 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
8043 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8044 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
8045 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
8047 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
8048 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
8055 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8056 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8057 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8060 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
8065 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8066 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
8068 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
8072 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
8075 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8077 static struct plt_entry *
8078 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd *abfd)
8080 struct plt_entry *entry;
8082 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
8086 entry->stub_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8087 entry->mips_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8088 entry->comp_offset = MINUS_ONE;
8089 entry->gotplt_index = MINUS_ONE;
8093 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8094 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8095 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8098 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
8099 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
8103 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8104 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
8106 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
8107 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
8109 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8110 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8113 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8118 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8119 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8121 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8122 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8123 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
8124 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8126 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8127 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
8129 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8131 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
8132 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
8134 unsigned long r_symndx;
8136 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8139 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8143 /* xgettext:c-format */
8144 (_("%pB: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8145 " stub section `%s'"),
8147 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8151 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8152 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8156 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8157 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8158 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8159 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8161 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8162 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8164 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8165 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8166 || o->reloc_count == 0
8167 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8171 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8173 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8176 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8177 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8178 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8179 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
8182 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8191 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8192 not need it. Since this function is called before
8193 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8194 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8196 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8200 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8202 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
8204 unsigned long symcount;
8208 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8209 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8211 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8212 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8213 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8216 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
8219 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8220 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8222 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8223 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8224 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8225 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8231 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8232 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8234 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8235 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8236 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8238 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8240 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8241 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8242 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8243 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8244 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8245 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
8247 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8251 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8253 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8256 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8258 unsigned long r_symndx;
8259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8262 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8265 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
8269 /* xgettext:c-format */
8270 (_("%pB: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8271 " stub section `%s'"),
8273 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8277 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
8278 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
8282 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8283 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8284 that refers to this symbol. */
8285 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
8287 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
8288 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
8290 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8291 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
8292 || o->reloc_count == 0
8293 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
8297 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
8299 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
8302 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
8303 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
8304 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
8305 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
8308 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
8317 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8318 not need it. Since this function is called before
8319 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8320 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8322 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8326 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8328 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
8330 unsigned long symcount;
8334 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
8335 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
8337 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8338 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
8339 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
8342 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
8345 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8346 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
8348 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8349 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8350 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8351 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8355 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8356 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8358 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8360 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
8361 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
8363 loc = &h->call_stub;
8365 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8366 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8367 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8368 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8369 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8372 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
8376 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
8378 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
8384 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
8386 unsigned long r_symndx;
8387 unsigned int r_type;
8388 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
8389 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
8390 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
8391 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p;
8393 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
8394 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
8396 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
8398 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
8401 /* xgettext:c-format */
8402 (_("%pB: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8404 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8409 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
8412 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8413 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8414 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
8418 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8419 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8420 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
8422 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8423 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8424 call_reloc_p = FALSE;
8426 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8427 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8428 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8429 .debug* should have no effect. */
8430 constrain_symbol_p = ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0);
8435 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8436 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8437 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8441 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8445 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8446 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8447 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8450 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8452 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8453 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8454 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8455 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8456 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8457 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8458 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8459 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8460 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8467 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8468 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
8470 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8473 /* xgettext:c-format */
8474 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#Lx not expected in executables"),
8475 abfd, rel->r_offset);
8476 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8479 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8484 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8485 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8486 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8487 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8490 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8491 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8492 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8493 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8494 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8495 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8496 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8497 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8498 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8499 constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
8505 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8506 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8507 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8509 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8510 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8511 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8512 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8513 against a read-only section. */
8514 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
8516 && !htab->is_vxworks
8517 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8518 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
8519 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
8520 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
8521 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8523 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
8525 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
8531 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
8532 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
8534 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1:
8535 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8536 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
8537 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8538 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8539 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8540 call_reloc_p = TRUE;
8546 if (constrain_symbol_p)
8548 if (!can_make_dynamic_p)
8549 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = 1;
8552 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
8554 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8555 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8556 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8557 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8558 if (!htab->is_vxworks && (!can_make_dynamic_p || !call_reloc_p))
8559 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8562 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8563 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8564 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8565 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8569 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8573 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8574 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8575 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8576 relocations against the text segment. */
8577 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8580 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8581 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8582 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8583 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8585 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8586 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8587 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8588 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8589 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8590 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8591 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8592 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8593 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8594 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8599 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8600 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8601 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8606 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8607 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8611 /* xgettext:c-format */
8612 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#Lx not against global symbol"),
8613 abfd, rel->r_offset);
8614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8619 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8620 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8622 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8625 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8626 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8627 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8628 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8632 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8633 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8634 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8640 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8641 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8642 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8644 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8645 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8646 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8647 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8648 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8649 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8651 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8652 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8653 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8655 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8657 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8659 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8660 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8662 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8663 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8666 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8669 addend = rel->r_addend;
8670 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8677 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8679 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8680 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8681 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info) && ! info->symbolic
8682 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8686 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8687 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8690 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8691 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8692 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8697 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8698 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8699 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8700 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8701 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8704 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8705 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8706 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8707 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8709 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8715 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8716 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8717 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8718 for TLS GD relocations. */
8721 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8727 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8737 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8738 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8739 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8740 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8744 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8748 if (bfd_link_pic (info) && h == NULL)
8750 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8751 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8752 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8753 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8754 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8755 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8756 relocations against the text segment. */
8757 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8763 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8764 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8765 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8766 it will be left as zero.
8768 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8769 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8771 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8772 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8774 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8775 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8776 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8777 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8778 are relocations against the text segment. */
8779 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8783 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8784 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8785 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8789 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8790 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8791 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8792 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8793 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8794 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8795 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8796 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8797 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8798 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8801 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8802 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8803 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8804 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8808 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8809 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8810 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8811 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8813 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8821 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8822 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8823 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8824 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8825 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8826 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8829 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8830 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type)
8831 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8832 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
8834 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8835 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd);
8836 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
8839 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type))
8840 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
8842 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
8845 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8846 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8847 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8848 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8850 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8851 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8853 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8855 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8856 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8859 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8860 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8861 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8862 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8863 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8864 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8871 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8872 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8873 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8874 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8875 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8876 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8877 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8880 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8881 and has a special meaning. */
8882 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8883 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8886 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8887 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8894 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8895 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8897 /* xgettext:c-format */
8898 (_("%pB: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used"
8899 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8901 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8913 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8916 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8918 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8920 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8923 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8924 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8926 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8927 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8929 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8930 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8931 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8934 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8935 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8936 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8939 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8940 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8941 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8942 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info)
8943 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8944 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8945 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8946 || bfd_link_pic (info)))
8948 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8950 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8952 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8953 non-default visibility. */
8954 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8955 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
8958 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8960 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8962 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8969 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8970 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8971 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8972 relocations against it.
8974 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8975 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8977 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8979 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8980 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8981 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8984 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8985 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8986 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8987 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8988 against the text segment. */
8989 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8996 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8997 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8998 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8999 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9003 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
9004 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
9007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9008 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9011 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9012 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9014 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9015 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9017 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9018 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
9023 && !h->def_regular)));
9025 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9027 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9028 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9029 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9030 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9031 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9033 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9034 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9035 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9037 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9040 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9041 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9042 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9043 executable and the shared library. */
9044 if (!h->def_regular)
9046 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
9047 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9051 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9052 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9054 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9055 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9056 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9057 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9058 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9059 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9060 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9061 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
9062 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
9063 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9064 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
9065 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
9066 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
9068 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9069 bfd_boolean newabi_p = NEWABI_P (info->output_bfd);
9071 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9072 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9073 for PLT offset calculations. */
9074 if (htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset == 0)
9076 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt->size == 0);
9077 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_got_index == 0);
9079 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9080 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9081 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9082 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9083 if (!htab->is_vxworks
9084 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->root.splt, 5))
9087 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9088 for the same reason as above. */
9089 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->root.sgotplt,
9090 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
9093 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9095 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
9097 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size
9098 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9100 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9101 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9102 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9103 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9105 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9106 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9107 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9108 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
9109 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9110 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9111 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
9113 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9114 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9115 else if (!micromips_p)
9117 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9118 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9119 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9120 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9122 else if (htab->insn32)
9124 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9125 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9126 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9127 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9131 htab->plt_mips_entry_size
9132 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
9133 htab->plt_comp_entry_size
9134 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
9138 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9139 h->plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj);
9140 if (h->plt.plist == NULL)
9143 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9144 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9146 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9147 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9148 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9149 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9154 || hmips->call_fp_stub)
9156 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9157 h->plt.plist->need_comp = FALSE;
9160 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9161 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9162 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9163 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9164 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9165 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9166 if (!h->plt.plist->need_mips && !h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9169 h->plt.plist->need_comp = TRUE;
9171 h->plt.plist->need_mips = TRUE;
9174 if (h->plt.plist->need_mips)
9176 h->plt.plist->mips_offset = htab->plt_mips_offset;
9177 htab->plt_mips_offset += htab->plt_mips_entry_size;
9179 if (h->plt.plist->need_comp)
9181 h->plt.plist->comp_offset = htab->plt_comp_offset;
9182 htab->plt_comp_offset += htab->plt_comp_entry_size;
9185 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9186 h->plt.plist->gotplt_index = htab->plt_got_index++;
9188 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9189 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9190 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
9191 hmips->use_plt_entry = TRUE;
9193 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9194 htab->root.srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
9195 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
9196 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
9198 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9199 if (htab->is_vxworks && !bfd_link_pic (info))
9200 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9202 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9203 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9204 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9209 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9210 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9211 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9212 if (h->is_weakalias)
9214 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
9215 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
9216 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
9217 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
9221 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9222 in regular objects. */
9226 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9227 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9228 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
9231 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9232 some that we can't convert. */
9233 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || bfd_link_pic (info))
9235 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9236 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9237 h->root.root.string);
9238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9242 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9243 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9244 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9245 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9246 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9247 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9248 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9249 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9250 same memory location for the variable. */
9252 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
9254 s = htab->root.sdynrelro;
9255 srel = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
9259 s = htab->root.sdynbss;
9260 srel = htab->root.srelbss;
9262 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9264 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9265 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9267 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
9271 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9272 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9273 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
9275 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
9278 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9279 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9280 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9283 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9284 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9288 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9290 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9291 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9293 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9294 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
9296 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
9298 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9299 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9301 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, sect, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
9304 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9306 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
9307 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
9314 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9317 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9321 struct mips_got_info *g;
9322 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
9323 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
9325 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
9326 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9328 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9329 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9331 s = htab->root.sgot;
9335 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9338 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9339 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9340 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_low_gotno == 0);
9341 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9342 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
9344 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
9345 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
9346 g->assigned_low_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
9348 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9349 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9350 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
9352 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info, g))
9355 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9356 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9358 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9360 asection *subsection;
9362 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
9364 subsection = subsection->next)
9366 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
9368 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
9369 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
9373 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9374 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9375 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9376 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9379 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9380 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9381 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
9383 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9385 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
9386 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
9388 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
9389 g->assigned_high_gotno = g->local_gotno - 1;
9391 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9392 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9393 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9395 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9396 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9398 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
9400 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
9405 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9406 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9407 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9408 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
9409 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
9410 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
9412 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9413 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
9416 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
9417 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
9420 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
9421 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
9423 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9424 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9425 g->relocs += g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
9427 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9429 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
9435 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9438 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
9440 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9441 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
9443 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9444 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9446 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9449 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9450 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9451 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
9453 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9454 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9455 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9457 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
9458 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
9460 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9461 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9462 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9463 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9464 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9465 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
9466 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9467 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9468 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9469 else if (htab->insn32)
9470 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9471 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9472 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9474 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9475 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9476 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9478 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9481 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9482 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9483 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9486 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9488 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti = data;
9489 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9490 struct bfd_link_info *info;
9494 output_bfd = hti->output_bfd;
9495 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9496 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9498 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9500 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9501 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9502 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9504 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL);
9505 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9506 h->root.plt.plist = mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab->sstubs->owner);
9507 if (h->root.plt.plist == NULL)
9512 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9513 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size + isa_bit;
9514 h->root.plt.plist->stub_offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9515 h->root.other = other;
9516 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9521 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9522 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9525 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9527 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
9528 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
9529 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9530 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9532 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
9533 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9536 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9537 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9539 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9542 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9544 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
9546 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, &hti);
9549 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9550 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9551 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9553 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9554 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9555 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->sstubs, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9558 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9565 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9566 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9567 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9568 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9571 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
9573 struct bfd_link_info *info = data;
9574 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (info->output_bfd);
9575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9580 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9581 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9583 if (h->use_plt_entry)
9585 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist != NULL);
9586 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
9587 || h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE);
9589 val = htab->plt_header_size;
9590 if (h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
9593 val += h->root.plt.plist->mips_offset;
9599 val += htab->plt_mips_offset + h->root.plt.plist->comp_offset;
9600 other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : STO_MIPS16;
9603 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9604 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9606 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9609 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->root.splt;
9610 h->root.root.u.def.value = val;
9611 h->root.other = other;
9617 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9620 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9621 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9624 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9625 bfd_boolean reltext;
9626 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9628 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9629 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9630 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9631 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9633 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9635 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9636 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
9638 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9639 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9641 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9643 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9646 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9647 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9648 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9649 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9650 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9651 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9653 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9654 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9656 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9657 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9658 if (htab->root.splt && htab->plt_mips_offset + htab->plt_comp_offset != 0)
9660 bfd_boolean micromips_p = (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd)
9661 && !htab->plt_mips_offset);
9662 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
9663 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
9664 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9667 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9668 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt->size == 0);
9669 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.splt->size == 0);
9671 if (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info))
9672 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
9673 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
9674 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
9675 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9676 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry);
9677 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
9678 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry);
9679 else if (!micromips_p)
9680 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9681 else if (htab->insn32)
9682 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9684 size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
9686 htab->plt_header_is_comp = micromips_p;
9687 htab->plt_header_size = size;
9688 htab->root.splt->size = (size
9689 + htab->plt_mips_offset
9690 + htab->plt_comp_offset);
9691 htab->root.sgotplt->size = (htab->plt_got_index
9692 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9694 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value, info);
9696 if (htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9698 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->root.splt,
9699 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9700 htab->root.hplt = h;
9705 h = htab->root.hplt;
9706 h->root.u.def.value = isa_bit;
9712 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9713 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9715 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9717 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9720 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9722 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9723 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9726 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9730 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9731 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9732 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9734 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9737 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9741 const char *outname;
9744 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9745 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9746 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9747 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9748 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9750 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9752 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9754 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9755 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9756 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9759 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9760 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9761 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9764 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9765 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9766 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9767 will move them around between input sections'
9768 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9769 broken, so don't let it run. */
9770 info->combreloc = 0;
9773 else if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9774 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9775 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9777 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9778 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9779 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9781 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9782 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9783 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9784 else if (s == htab->root.splt)
9786 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9787 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9788 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9789 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9790 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9793 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9794 && s != htab->root.sgot
9795 && s != htab->root.sgotplt
9796 && s != htab->sstubs
9797 && s != htab->root.sdynbss
9798 && s != htab->root.sdynrelro)
9800 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9806 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9810 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9813 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9814 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9815 if (s->contents == NULL)
9817 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9822 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9824 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9825 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9826 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9827 the .dynamic section. */
9829 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9830 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9831 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9832 may only look at the first one they see. */
9833 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
9834 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9837 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9838 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL, 0))
9841 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9842 used by the debugger. */
9843 if (bfd_link_executable (info)
9844 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9845 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9848 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9849 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9851 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9853 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9856 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9857 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9858 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9859 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9860 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9866 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9867 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9869 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9870 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9871 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9876 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9885 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9887 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9890 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9893 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9897 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9900 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9903 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9906 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9909 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9912 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9915 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9918 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9919 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9922 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9923 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9924 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9925 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9928 if (htab->root.splt->size > 0)
9930 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9933 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9936 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9939 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9942 if (htab->is_vxworks
9943 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9950 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9951 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9952 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9953 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9956 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9957 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9958 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9960 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9961 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9964 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9966 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9967 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9968 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9969 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9971 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9972 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9975 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9976 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9978 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9979 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
9981 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9982 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9985 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9986 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9987 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9991 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9992 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9993 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9994 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9995 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9996 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9997 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9998 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9999 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10000 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10001 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10003 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10004 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10005 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10008 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
10009 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10010 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10011 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
10012 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
10013 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
10014 reloc_howto_type *howto,
10015 bfd_byte *contents)
10017 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
10018 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
10019 unsigned int r_type;
10022 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
10024 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
10025 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
10027 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10033 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
10034 (*rel), count, (*relend),
10035 howto, i, contents);
10040 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10043 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
10044 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
10045 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
10046 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
10047 asection **local_sections)
10049 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
10050 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
10051 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10052 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10054 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
10055 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
10059 reloc_howto_type *howto;
10060 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p = FALSE;
10061 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10063 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
10064 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
10066 unsigned long r_symndx;
10068 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
10069 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10070 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
10072 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
10073 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10075 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10076 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
10078 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
10079 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
10080 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
10082 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
10087 unsigned long extsymoff;
10090 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
10091 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
10092 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
10093 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
10094 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
10095 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
10098 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
10099 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
10100 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
10103 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
10105 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10106 input_section, &rel, &relend,
10107 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
10111 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
10113 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10114 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10115 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10116 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10117 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10118 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10119 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
10121 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10123 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10124 rel->r_offset += 4;
10127 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
10129 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10130 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10131 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10132 RELA relocation. */
10133 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
10136 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
10137 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
10139 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
10140 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
10141 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
10144 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
10145 contents, &addend))
10148 name = h->root.root.string;
10150 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
10151 local_syms + r_symndx,
10154 /* xgettext:c-format */
10155 (_("%pB: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10156 " for %s at %#Lx in section `%pA'"),
10158 howto->name, rel->r_offset, input_section);
10162 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
10165 addend = rel->r_addend;
10166 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
10167 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
10170 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
10172 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
10173 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10174 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10176 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
10178 addend += rel->r_addend;
10179 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
10180 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
10181 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
10182 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
10183 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
10184 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
10186 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
10188 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10189 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10190 source of the addend in the final link. */
10191 addend &= howto->src_mask;
10193 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10194 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10195 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10196 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10197 but for endianness. */
10203 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10205 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10212 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10213 do two separate stores. */
10214 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10216 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10218 low_bits = sign_bits;
10219 high_bits = addend;
10224 high_bits = sign_bits;
10226 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10227 contents + rel->r_offset);
10228 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10229 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10233 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
10234 input_bfd, input_section,
10239 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10243 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10244 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10245 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10247 if (rel + 1 < relend
10248 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
10249 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
10250 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
10252 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
10254 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10255 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
10256 input_section, info, rel,
10257 addend, howto, local_syms,
10258 local_sections, &value,
10259 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
10260 use_saved_addend_p))
10262 case bfd_reloc_continue:
10263 /* There's nothing to do. */
10266 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
10267 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10268 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10269 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10270 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10273 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
10274 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10275 info->callbacks->warning
10276 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10279 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
10280 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10281 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10282 a given location. */
10286 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10288 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10289 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10290 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
10291 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
10292 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
10293 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
10295 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10296 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10298 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
10299 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
10301 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
10302 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
10303 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
10310 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
10312 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
10313 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10314 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10315 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10316 : (howto->type == R_MIPS16_26
10317 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10318 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10319 else if (b_reloc_p (howto->type))
10320 msg = (cross_mode_jump_p
10321 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10322 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10323 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10324 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto->type))
10325 msg = _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10328 info->callbacks->einfo
10329 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, msg);
10332 /* Fall through. */
10339 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10340 until we reach the last one. */
10341 if (use_saved_addend_p)
10347 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10348 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10349 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10350 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10351 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10352 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10353 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10354 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10360 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
10362 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
10369 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10370 do two separate stores. */
10371 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
10373 /* Undo what we did above. */
10374 rel->r_offset -= 4;
10375 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10377 low_bits = sign_bits;
10383 high_bits = sign_bits;
10385 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
10386 contents + rel->r_offset);
10387 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
10388 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
10392 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10393 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
10394 input_bfd, input_section,
10395 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
10402 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10403 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10406 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
10408 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
10409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10410 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
10413 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
10415 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
10416 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
10417 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
10418 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10420 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10421 s = stub->stub_section;
10425 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
10434 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10435 offset = stub->offset;
10437 /* Work out the target address. */
10438 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
10439 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10441 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10442 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
10444 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
10446 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10447 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10448 memset (loc, 0, offset);
10450 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10452 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10453 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
10455 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10456 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
10461 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10462 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
10467 /* This is trampoline. */
10469 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
10471 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10472 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
10473 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10474 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
10475 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
10476 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
10477 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10481 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
10482 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
10483 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
10484 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
10490 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10491 adjust it appropriately now. */
10494 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10495 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10497 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10498 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10499 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
10502 "__dso_displacement",
10504 "__program_header_table",
10508 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
10516 const char* const *p;
10519 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
10520 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
10523 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
10525 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10527 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10528 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10530 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10532 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10534 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10540 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10541 dynamic sections here. */
10544 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10545 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10546 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10547 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10551 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
10554 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10557 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10558 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10559 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10560 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10562 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
10564 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
10565 && (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE
10566 || h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE))
10568 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10570 bfd_vma header_address, got_address;
10571 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
10575 got_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
10577 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10578 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10579 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.splt != NULL);
10580 BFD_ASSERT (got_index != MINUS_ONE);
10581 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
10583 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10584 isa_bit = htab->plt_header_is_comp;
10585 header_address = (htab->root.splt->output_section->vma
10586 + htab->root.splt->output_offset + isa_bit);
10588 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10589 got_address = (htab->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
10590 + htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
10591 + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10593 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10594 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10596 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10597 loc = (htab->root.sgotplt->contents + got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
10598 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10599 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10601 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
10603 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10604 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10605 if (h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10607 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10608 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10610 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
10612 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->root.splt->size);
10614 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10615 loc = htab->root.splt->contents + plt_offset;
10617 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10618 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
10620 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10622 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd))
10623 plt_entry = mipsr6_exec_plt_entry;
10625 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
10626 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
10627 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load,
10630 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
10632 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
10633 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10637 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
10638 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low,
10643 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10644 if (h->plt.plist->comp_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10646 bfd_vma plt_offset;
10648 plt_offset = (htab->plt_header_size + htab->plt_mips_offset
10649 + h->plt.plist->comp_offset);
10651 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->root.splt->size);
10653 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10654 loc = htab->root.splt->contents + plt_offset;
10656 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10657 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd))
10659 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10661 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10662 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], loc + 2);
10663 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10664 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10665 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10666 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_address, loc + 12);
10669 else if (htab->insn32)
10671 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10673 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
10674 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_high, loc + 2);
10675 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10676 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 6);
10677 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10678 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10679 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 12);
10680 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, got_address_low, loc + 14);
10684 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry;
10685 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset;
10686 bfd_vma loc_address;
10688 BFD_ASSERT (got_address % 4 == 0);
10690 loc_address = (htab->root.splt->output_section->vma
10691 + htab->root.splt->output_offset + plt_offset);
10692 gotpc_offset = got_address - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
10694 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10695 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10698 /* xgettext:c-format */
10699 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %Ld from `%pA' "
10700 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10702 htab->root.sgotplt->output_section,
10704 htab->root.splt->output_section);
10705 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
10708 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
10709 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
10710 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
10711 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
10712 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 6);
10713 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
10714 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 10);
10718 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10719 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->root.srelplt,
10720 got_index - 2, h->dynindx,
10721 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
10723 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10724 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10725 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10726 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10727 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10728 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
10729 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym->st_other);
10737 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->stub_offset != MINUS_ONE)
10739 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10740 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd);
10741 unsigned int other = micromips_p ? STO_MICROMIPS : 0;
10742 bfd_vma stub_size = htab->function_stub_size;
10743 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10744 bfd_vma isa_bit = micromips_p;
10745 bfd_vma stub_big_size;
10748 stub_big_size = MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10749 else if (htab->insn32)
10750 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10752 stub_big_size = MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE;
10754 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10756 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10758 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size == stub_big_size || h->dynindx <= 0xffff);
10760 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10761 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10763 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10766 /* Fill the stub. */
10770 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd),
10775 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10776 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10781 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10784 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10786 long dynindx_hi = (h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff;
10788 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10789 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi),
10795 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS,
10801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS, stub + idx);
10805 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10806 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10807 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10808 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10809 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10811 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10812 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10813 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10816 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd,
10817 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd,
10824 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE, stub + idx);
10828 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10834 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10837 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10838 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10839 if (stub_size == stub_big_size)
10840 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10842 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10843 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff),
10846 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10850 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.plist->stub_offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10851 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.plist->stub_offset,
10854 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10855 only for the referenced symbol. */
10856 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10858 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10859 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10860 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10861 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10862 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10863 + h->plt.plist->stub_offset
10865 sym->st_other = other;
10868 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10869 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10871 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10873 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10874 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10875 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10876 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10877 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10880 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10881 || h->forced_local);
10883 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
10884 g = htab->got_info;
10885 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10887 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10888 the symbols that need them. */
10889 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10894 value = sym->st_value;
10895 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
10896 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10899 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10901 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10907 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10910 e.tls_type = GOT_TLS_NONE;
10912 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10915 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10918 offset = p->gotidx;
10919 BFD_ASSERT (offset > 0 && offset < htab->root.sgot->size);
10920 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
10921 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10923 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10924 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10926 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10927 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10928 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10929 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10930 appropriate addend. */
10931 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10933 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10934 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10935 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10937 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10938 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10941 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10942 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10943 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10947 entry = sym->st_value;
10948 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10953 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10954 name = h->root.root.string;
10955 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10956 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10957 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10958 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10959 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10961 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10962 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10965 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10967 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10968 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10969 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10971 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10973 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10974 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10976 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10977 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10979 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10981 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10983 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10984 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10985 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10986 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10988 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10990 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10991 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10992 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10993 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10997 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11003 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11006 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11007 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11008 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11009 + h->root.u.def.value);
11010 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
11011 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
11014 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11015 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
11016 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
11018 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11019 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11020 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
11022 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11023 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
11025 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other))
11027 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
11028 sym->st_other -= STO_MICROMIPS;
11034 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11037 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
11038 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11039 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11040 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11044 struct mips_got_info *g;
11045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
11048 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11049 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11050 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11051 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
11053 if (h->plt.plist != NULL && h->plt.plist->mips_offset != MINUS_ONE)
11056 bfd_vma plt_address, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
11057 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11058 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11059 bfd_vma gotplt_index;
11060 bfd_vma plt_offset;
11062 plt_offset = htab->plt_header_size + h->plt.plist->mips_offset;
11063 gotplt_index = h->plt.plist->gotplt_index;
11065 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11066 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.splt != NULL);
11067 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index != MINUS_ONE);
11068 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset <= htab->root.splt->size);
11070 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11071 plt_address = (htab->root.splt->output_section->vma
11072 + htab->root.splt->output_offset
11075 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11076 got_address = (htab->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
11077 + htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
11078 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11080 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11081 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11082 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
11084 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11085 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11086 branch_offset = -(plt_offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11088 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
11090 (htab->root.sgotplt->contents
11091 + gotplt_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)));
11093 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11094 loc = htab->root.splt->contents + plt_offset;
11096 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11098 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
11099 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11104 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
11106 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
11107 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11108 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
11110 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
11111 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_index, loc + 4);
11112 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
11113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
11114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11115 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11117 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11119 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
11120 + (gotplt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11122 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11123 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11124 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11125 rel.r_addend = plt_offset;
11126 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11128 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11129 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11130 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
11131 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11132 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
11133 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11135 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11136 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11138 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11139 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11142 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11143 loc = (htab->root.srelplt->contents
11144 + gotplt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11145 rel.r_offset = got_address;
11146 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
11148 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11150 if (!h->def_regular)
11151 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
11154 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
11156 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
11157 g = htab->got_info;
11158 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11160 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11161 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
11164 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
11168 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11169 offset = mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd, info, h);
11170 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
11172 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11173 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11174 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
11175 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
11176 + sgot->output_offset
11178 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
11179 outrel.r_addend = 0;
11180 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
11183 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11186 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
11192 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11193 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11194 + h->root.u.def.value);
11195 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
11197 if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->root.sdynrelro)
11198 srel = htab->root.sreldynrelro;
11200 srel = htab->root.srelbss;
11201 loc = srel->contents + srel->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11202 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11203 ++srel->reloc_count;
11206 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11207 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
11208 sym->st_value &= ~1;
11213 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11216 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11219 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
11220 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11221 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11223 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11224 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11226 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11227 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
11228 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
11229 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
11230 else if (!htab->plt_header_is_comp)
11231 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11232 else if (htab->insn32)
11233 plt_entry = micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11235 plt_entry = micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
11237 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11238 gotplt_value = (htab->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
11239 + htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset);
11240 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11241 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
11243 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11244 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11245 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11246 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11248 /* Install the PLT header. */
11249 loc = htab->root.splt->contents;
11250 if (plt_entry == micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11252 bfd_vma gotpc_offset;
11253 bfd_vma loc_address;
11256 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value % 4 == 0);
11258 loc_address = (htab->root.splt->output_section->vma
11259 + htab->root.splt->output_offset);
11260 gotpc_offset = gotplt_value - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
11262 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11263 if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11266 /* xgettext:c-format */
11267 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %Ld from `%pA' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11269 htab->root.sgotplt->output_section,
11271 htab->root.splt->output_section);
11272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error);
11275 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
11276 plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f), loc);
11277 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff, loc + 2);
11278 for (i = 2; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11279 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11281 else if (plt_entry == micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
11285 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], loc);
11286 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_high, loc + 2);
11287 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 4);
11288 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 6);
11289 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 8);
11290 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, gotplt_value_low, loc + 10);
11291 for (i = 6; i < ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry); i++)
11292 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, plt_entry[i], loc + (i * 2));
11296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
11297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
11298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
11299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
11303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
11309 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11310 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11313 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11315 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
11317 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
11318 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
11319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11321 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11322 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11324 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
11326 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11327 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
11328 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
11329 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
11331 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11332 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
11334 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11335 plt_address = (htab->root.splt->output_section->vma
11336 + htab->root.splt->output_offset);
11338 /* Install the PLT header. */
11339 loc = htab->root.splt->contents;
11340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
11341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
11342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
11343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
11344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
11345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
11347 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11348 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
11349 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
11350 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11352 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11353 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11355 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11356 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11357 rela.r_offset += 4;
11358 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11359 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
11360 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11362 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11363 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11364 in which symbols were output. */
11365 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
11367 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
11369 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11370 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
11371 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11372 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11374 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11375 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
11376 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11377 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11379 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
11380 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
11381 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
11382 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
11386 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11389 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
11392 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11394 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11395 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11397 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11398 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
11399 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
11400 htab->root.splt->contents + i * 4);
11403 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11406 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
11407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11412 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
11413 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
11415 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
11416 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
11418 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
11420 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
11422 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
11423 gg = htab->got_info;
11425 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11428 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
11430 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11431 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
11433 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
11434 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
11436 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11437 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11438 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11440 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11444 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11446 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11447 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11449 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11455 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
11459 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
11460 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
11464 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11466 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
11470 s = htab->root.sgot;
11471 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11474 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
11475 s = htab->root.sgotplt;
11476 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
11479 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
11480 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
11483 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
11484 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
11487 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
11491 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
11495 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
11497 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11500 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
11502 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11505 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
11506 s = output_bfd->sections;
11507 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
11508 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
11511 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
11512 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
11515 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
11516 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11517 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11518 referenced within the same object. */
11519 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
11522 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
11523 if (htab->global_gotsym)
11525 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
11528 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11529 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11530 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11531 /* Fall through. */
11533 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
11535 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
11536 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, name);
11539 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
11541 dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
11544 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
11545 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
11548 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
11550 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11551 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11554 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11555 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11558 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11560 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11562 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11563 + h->root.u.def.value);
11567 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
11569 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11570 bfd_vma dt_addr, rld_addr;
11571 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
11574 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11575 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11578 s = h->root.u.def.section;
11580 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11581 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11582 dt_addr = (sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset
11583 + (b - sdyn->contents));
11584 rld_addr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
11585 + h->root.u.def.value);
11586 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = rld_addr - dt_addr;
11590 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
11591 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
11592 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
11593 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
11597 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11598 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11599 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
11601 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
11605 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11606 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->root.srelplt->size;
11610 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
11611 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->root.srelplt->output_section->vma
11612 + htab->root.srelplt->output_offset);
11616 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11617 the dynamic tag. */
11618 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11620 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
11621 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11626 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11627 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11628 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
11629 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
11631 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11635 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11636 if (htab->is_vxworks
11637 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
11642 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
11643 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11644 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
11648 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
11653 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11654 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
11655 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
11658 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
11659 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
11661 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11663 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11664 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11665 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11666 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11667 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11668 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
11669 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
11671 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11672 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11673 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
11675 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11679 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11680 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11681 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11682 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
11683 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11684 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11687 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
11688 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11691 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11692 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
11694 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
11695 bfd_vma addend = 0;
11697 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
11698 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
11700 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
11702 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
11703 + g->next->tls_gotno;
11705 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
11706 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11707 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
11709 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
11711 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
11714 for (; got_index < g->local_gotno; got_index++)
11716 if (got_index >= g->assigned_low_gotno
11717 && got_index <= g->assigned_high_gotno)
11720 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
11721 = got_index * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
11722 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11723 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
11724 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
11725 0, &addend, sgot)))
11727 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
11732 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11733 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11736 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
11739 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
11741 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
11743 for (b = sdyn->contents;
11744 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
11745 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
11747 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
11750 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11751 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
11753 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11759 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11760 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11761 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11762 are trailing null entries. */
11763 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11764 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
11765 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
11766 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
11767 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
11768 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11769 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11770 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
11775 swap_out_p = FALSE;
11780 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
11787 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
11789 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
11791 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11792 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
11796 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
11798 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
11799 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
11802 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
11803 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
11806 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11807 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
11809 file_ptr dummy_offset;
11811 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
11812 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
11813 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
11814 htab->function_stub_size);
11819 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11820 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11821 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11822 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11823 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
11825 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
11827 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
11829 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
11831 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
11832 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11833 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
11834 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
11836 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
11837 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
11838 sort_dynamic_relocs);
11843 if (htab->root.splt && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
11845 if (htab->is_vxworks)
11847 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
11848 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
11850 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
11854 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info));
11855 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info))
11863 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11866 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
11870 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
11873 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
11874 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
11877 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
11878 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
11881 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
11882 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
11885 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
11886 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
11889 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
11890 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
11891 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
11892 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
11893 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
11896 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
11897 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
11900 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11901 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11904 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11905 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11908 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11909 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11912 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11913 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11916 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11917 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11920 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11921 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11924 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11925 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11928 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11929 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11930 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11931 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11932 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11933 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11934 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11935 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11938 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11939 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11942 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11943 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11946 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11947 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11950 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11951 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11954 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11955 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11958 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11959 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11960 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11963 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3:
11964 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3;
11967 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11968 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11971 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11972 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11975 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11976 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11979 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11980 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11983 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11984 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3:
11985 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5:
11986 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11989 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2:
11990 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2;
11993 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11994 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3:
11995 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5:
11996 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11999 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6:
12000 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6;
12003 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6:
12004 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
12007 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
12008 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
12013 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12014 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12015 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12016 relocs to be sorted. */
12019 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection *sec)
12021 return (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0;
12025 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12026 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12027 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12030 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
12031 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12034 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
12038 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12039 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12040 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12041 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
12042 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
12044 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12045 info for each special section. */
12046 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
12047 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
12050 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
12052 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
12053 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
12054 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
12056 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12059 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
12060 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12061 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12062 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12063 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
12064 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12065 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12066 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12069 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
12070 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12071 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12072 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
12073 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
12074 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12075 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12076 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12077 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12080 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
12081 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
12083 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12084 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
12086 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12089 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
12090 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
12091 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
12092 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
12093 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
12094 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12095 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12098 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12099 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12101 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12103 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
12104 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
12111 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12115 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
12116 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12121 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12122 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12123 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
12126 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12127 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12130 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12131 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
12132 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
12133 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
12136 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12137 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
12138 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
12139 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
12142 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12143 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12144 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12145 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12151 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12154 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
12155 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12158 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
12161 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12163 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
12164 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12166 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12167 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
12172 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12176 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
12178 m->sections[0] = s;
12180 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12181 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12183 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12184 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12192 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12195 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12197 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12198 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS)
12203 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12207 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS;
12209 m->sections[0] = s;
12211 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12212 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12214 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12215 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12223 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12224 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12225 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12227 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
12228 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12229 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12230 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12232 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
12234 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
12235 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12240 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
12242 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12244 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
12245 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
12248 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
12250 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
12251 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12252 options_segment->next = *pm;
12253 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
12254 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
12255 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
12256 options_segment->count = 1;
12257 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
12258 *pm = options_segment;
12264 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
12266 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12267 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12268 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
12269 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
12270 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
12272 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
12273 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
12278 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12282 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
12284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
12289 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
12294 m->sections[0] = s;
12297 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12298 pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
12299 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
12309 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12310 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12312 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL;
12314 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
12317 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12318 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12319 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12320 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12321 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12322 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12323 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12324 PT_LOAD segment. */
12325 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12328 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
12330 static const char *sec_names[] =
12332 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12336 struct elf_segment_map *n;
12338 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
12340 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
12342 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
12343 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
12350 if (high < s->vma + sz)
12351 high = s->vma + sz;
12356 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12357 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12359 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12362 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
12363 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12370 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
12372 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
12374 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
12376 n->sections[i] = s;
12385 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12386 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12388 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12389 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12390 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12391 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12392 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12394 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12395 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12396 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12397 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12398 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12401 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12402 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12404 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
12405 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
12407 for (pm = &elf_seg_map (abfd); *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
12408 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
12412 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
12416 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
12424 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12428 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
12429 struct bfd_link_info *info,
12430 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
12431 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
12432 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
12434 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12437 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
12439 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
12440 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
12444 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
12447 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12450 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12451 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook)
12455 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
12457 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub != NULL; sub = sub->link.next)
12461 if (! is_mips_elf (sub))
12464 for (o = sub->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
12466 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12467 (bfd_get_section_name (sub, o)))
12469 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info, o, gc_mark_hook))
12477 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12478 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12479 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12480 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12483 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
12484 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
12485 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
12487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
12489 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
12491 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
12492 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
12493 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12494 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12495 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
12496 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
12498 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
12501 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
12502 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
12503 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
12504 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
12505 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
12506 if (indmips->fn_stub)
12508 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
12509 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
12511 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
12513 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
12514 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
12516 if (indmips->call_stub)
12518 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
12519 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
12521 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
12523 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
12524 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
12526 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
12527 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
12528 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
12529 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
12530 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
12531 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
12534 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12537 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
12538 struct bfd_link_info *info)
12541 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
12542 unsigned char *tdata;
12545 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
12550 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
12552 if (o->output_section != NULL
12553 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
12556 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
12560 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
12561 info->keep_memory);
12568 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
12569 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
12571 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
12573 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
12582 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
12583 if (o->rawsize == 0)
12584 o->rawsize = o->size;
12585 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
12591 if (! info->keep_memory)
12592 free (cookie->rels);
12598 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
12600 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
12606 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
12607 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12608 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
12610 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
12613 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
12616 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
12620 end = contents + sec->size;
12621 for (from = contents, i = 0;
12623 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
12625 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
12628 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
12631 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
12632 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
12636 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12637 from output by default for clarity. */
12640 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
12642 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
12645 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12646 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12648 struct mips_elf_find_line
12650 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
12651 struct ecoff_find_line i;
12655 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols,
12656 asection *section, bfd_vma offset,
12657 const char **filename_ptr,
12658 const char **functionname_ptr,
12659 unsigned int *line_ptr,
12660 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
12664 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
12665 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12666 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
12667 dwarf_debug_sections,
12668 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
12669 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
12670 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12671 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12674 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
12675 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
12676 if ((functionname_ptr != NULL && *functionname_ptr == NULL)
12677 || (filename_ptr != NULL && *filename_ptr == NULL))
12679 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
12680 if (functionname_ptr != NULL && *functionname_ptr != NULL)
12681 functionname_ptr = NULL;
12683 if (filename_ptr != NULL && *filename_ptr != NULL)
12684 filename_ptr = NULL;
12686 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12687 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr);
12693 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
12696 flagword origflags;
12697 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
12698 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
12699 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12701 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12702 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12703 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12704 origflags = msec->flags;
12705 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
12706 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
12708 fi = mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
12711 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
12714 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
12715 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
12717 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12720 msec->flags = origflags;
12724 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
12726 msec->flags = origflags;
12730 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12731 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
12732 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
12733 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
12735 msec->flags = origflags;
12738 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
12739 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
12740 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
12741 fraw_end = (fraw_src
12742 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
12743 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
12744 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
12746 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
12748 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12749 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12750 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12751 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12752 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12753 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12756 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
12757 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12760 msec->flags = origflags;
12764 msec->flags = origflags;
12767 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12769 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
12770 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
12771 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr);
12775 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
12776 const char **filename_ptr,
12777 const char **functionname_ptr,
12778 unsigned int *line_ptr)
12781 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
12782 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
12783 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
12788 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12789 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12790 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12793 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
12794 const void *location,
12795 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
12797 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
12801 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12803 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
12804 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
12805 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
12808 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
12811 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
12814 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
12817 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
12820 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
12824 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12825 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12828 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12830 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12831 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
12833 bfd_boolean relocatable,
12836 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12837 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
12838 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
12841 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
12842 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
12845 if (reloc_size < 0)
12848 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
12849 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
12852 /* read in the section */
12853 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
12854 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
12857 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
12861 if (reloc_count < 0)
12864 if (reloc_count > 0)
12869 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12872 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
12873 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
12874 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12875 if (abfd && input_bfd
12876 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
12880 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
12881 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
12888 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
12889 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
12890 case bfd_link_hash_common:
12893 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
12894 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
12896 gp = lh->u.def.value;
12898 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
12899 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
12901 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12903 case bfd_link_hash_new:
12912 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
12914 char *error_message = NULL;
12915 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
12917 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12918 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12919 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
12921 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12922 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12923 to the generic handling. */
12925 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
12926 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
12927 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
12928 input_section, relocatable,
12931 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
12933 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
12938 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
12940 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12941 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12945 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12949 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12950 (*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12951 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12952 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE);
12954 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12955 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12956 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12957 (link_info, error_message,
12958 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
12960 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12961 (*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12963 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12964 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12965 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address);
12967 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12976 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12977 free (reloc_vector);
12981 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12982 free (reloc_vector);
12987 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12988 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12990 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12991 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12992 bfd_byte *contents;
12993 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12994 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12995 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12996 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12997 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12998 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12999 unsigned int symcount;
13001 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
13002 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13004 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
13005 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
13007 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13008 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
13009 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
13010 sec->size -= count;
13012 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13013 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13015 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13016 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
13017 irel->r_offset -= count;
13020 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
13021 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
13023 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13024 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13025 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13026 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
13027 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
13028 isym->st_value -= count;
13030 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13031 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
13032 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
13033 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
13034 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
13036 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
13038 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
13040 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
13041 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13042 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
13044 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
13046 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
13047 value &= MINUS_TWO;
13049 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
13057 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13058 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13060 struct opcode_descriptor {
13061 unsigned long match;
13062 unsigned long mask;
13065 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13069 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13071 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13072 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13074 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13076 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13077 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13080 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13082 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
13083 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13084 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13085 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13088 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
13089 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13091 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
13092 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13094 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
13095 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13097 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
13098 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13100 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
13101 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13103 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
13104 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13107 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13109 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13110 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13111 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13113 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13115 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
13116 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13117 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13118 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13121 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
13122 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13123 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13124 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13127 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
13128 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13129 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13130 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13133 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
13134 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13135 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13136 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13139 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13141 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13142 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13145 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13147 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
13148 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13150 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
13151 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13153 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
13154 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13156 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
13157 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13159 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
13160 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13162 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13164 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
13165 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13167 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13168 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13170 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13171 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13172 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13173 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13176 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13178 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
13179 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13181 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13182 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13183 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13187 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13189 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
13190 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13192 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
13193 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13195 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
13196 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13198 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13200 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13202 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
13203 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13205 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13206 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13207 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13208 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13212 /* LUI instruction. */
13214 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
13215 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13218 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13220 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
13221 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13223 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
13224 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13226 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13227 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13230 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13232 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13233 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13234 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13235 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13237 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13238 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13240 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
13241 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13242 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13243 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13246 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
13247 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13250 /* NOP instructions. */
13252 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
13253 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13255 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
13256 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13259 /* Instruction match support. */
13261 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13264 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
13266 unsigned long indx;
13268 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
13269 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
13276 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13278 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13279 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13280 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13281 the second half of another instruction. */
13284 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13286 unsigned long opcode;
13289 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13290 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
13291 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13293 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
13294 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
13295 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13298 /* No delay slot. */
13304 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13305 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13306 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13307 the second half of another instruction. */
13310 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
13312 unsigned long opcode;
13315 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13316 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
13317 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13319 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
13320 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13323 /* No delay slot. */
13329 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13330 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13333 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13335 unsigned long opcode;
13337 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
13338 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
13340 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
13342 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
13343 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13344 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
13346 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
13352 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13353 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13356 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
13358 unsigned long opcode;
13360 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13361 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
13363 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
13364 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13365 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
13367 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
13368 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13369 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
13370 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13371 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
13372 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
13373 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13374 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
13380 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13381 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13382 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13385 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
13386 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
13387 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
13389 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
13390 unsigned long opcode;
13392 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13393 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
13396 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13397 if (irel->r_offset == offset
13398 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
13404 /* Bitsize checking. */
13405 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13406 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13407 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13411 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
13412 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
13413 bfd_boolean *again)
13415 bfd_boolean insn32 = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info)->insn32;
13416 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
13417 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
13418 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
13419 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
13420 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
13422 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13425 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13426 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13429 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
13430 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
13431 || sec->reloc_count == 0
13432 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
13435 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
13437 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13438 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13439 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
13440 link_info->keep_memory));
13441 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
13444 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13445 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
13446 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
13448 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
13449 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
13450 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
13451 unsigned long opcode;
13457 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13458 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13462 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13464 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13465 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13466 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
13469 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13470 if (contents == NULL)
13472 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13473 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
13474 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
13475 /* Go get them off disk. */
13476 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
13479 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
13481 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13482 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
13484 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
13485 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13486 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
13487 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
13489 if (isymbuf == NULL)
13493 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13494 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
13496 /* A local symbol. */
13497 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
13500 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
13501 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
13502 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
13503 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
13504 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
13505 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
13506 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
13508 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
13509 symval = (isym->st_value
13510 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
13511 + sym_sec->output_offset);
13512 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
13516 unsigned long indx;
13517 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13519 /* An external symbol. */
13520 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
13521 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
13522 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
13524 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
13525 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
13526 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13527 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13528 regular reloc processing. */
13531 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
13532 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
13533 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
13534 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
13535 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
13539 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13540 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13541 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13542 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13543 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13544 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13545 the linker is run. */
13547 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13548 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
13551 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
13553 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13554 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13556 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
13559 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13560 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13561 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13563 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13565 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13566 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13567 out the offset). */
13568 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
13570 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
13571 unsigned long nextopc;
13575 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13577 if (irel > internal_relocs
13578 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13579 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
13582 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13583 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
13584 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13585 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
13588 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13589 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
13590 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13591 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
13594 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13595 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13596 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13597 it through if so. */
13598 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
13599 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
13600 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
13601 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
13602 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
13603 internal_relocs, irelend))))
13605 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
13607 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
13610 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
13612 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13613 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13614 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13615 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13616 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
13617 switch (offset - 4)
13622 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13626 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
13633 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13635 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13637 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
13640 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13641 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13642 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13644 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13645 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
13647 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13648 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
13650 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13651 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13652 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13653 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
13654 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
13655 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13658 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13659 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13660 the PC-relative distance. */
13661 else if (symval % 4 == 0
13662 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
13663 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
13664 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
13665 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
13667 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13668 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
13670 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13671 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
13672 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
13674 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
13675 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
13678 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13682 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13683 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
13685 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13690 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13691 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13692 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13693 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13694 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13695 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
13696 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13697 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
13699 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4),
13700 nop_insn_16) ? 2 : 0))
13701 || (irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13702 && (delcnt = MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd,
13704 nop_insn_32) ? 4 : 0))))
13708 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13710 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13711 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
13712 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
13713 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13715 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
13717 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13718 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13722 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13723 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13725 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13726 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
13727 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
13729 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13730 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
13732 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13735 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13738 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13743 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13744 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13746 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13747 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
13748 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
13749 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
13750 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
13751 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
13755 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
13757 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13758 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
13760 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13762 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
13763 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
13764 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13767 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13772 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13774 && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13775 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13776 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
13777 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
13779 unsigned long n32opc;
13780 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
13782 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
13784 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
13786 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13787 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
13791 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
13793 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13795 (move_insn_16.match
13796 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
13797 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
13802 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13803 instructions will be handled here later. */
13807 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13808 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13809 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
13811 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13819 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13820 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
13821 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13822 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13824 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13825 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
13826 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
13829 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13830 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13835 if (isymbuf != NULL
13836 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13838 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13842 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13843 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
13847 if (contents != NULL
13848 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13850 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
13854 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13855 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
13859 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13860 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13861 free (internal_relocs);
13866 if (isymbuf != NULL
13867 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
13869 if (contents != NULL
13870 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
13872 if (internal_relocs != NULL
13873 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
13874 free (internal_relocs);
13879 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13881 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13882 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13884 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
13885 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
13887 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
13891 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
13892 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
13893 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
13899 ret->root.init_plt_refcount.plist = NULL;
13900 ret->root.init_plt_offset.plist = NULL;
13902 return &ret->root.root;
13905 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13907 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
13908 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
13910 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
13912 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
13915 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13917 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
13918 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13919 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
13924 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13925 and copy relocs. */
13928 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
13930 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
13933 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13934 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
13935 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
13938 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean insn32,
13939 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa)
13941 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->insn32 = insn32;
13942 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->ignore_branch_isa = ignore_branch_isa;
13945 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13947 struct mips_mach_extension
13949 unsigned long extension, base;
13953 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13954 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13956 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] =
13958 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13959 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2 },
13960 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13961 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13962 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13963 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13965 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13966 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13967 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13968 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13970 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13971 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13973 /* R10000 extensions. */
13974 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13975 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13976 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13978 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13979 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13980 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13981 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13982 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13983 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13984 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13986 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13987 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13988 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13989 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13990 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13991 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13993 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13994 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13995 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13997 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13998 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13999 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14000 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14001 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14002 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14003 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14004 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14005 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14006 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
14008 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14009 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3 },
14011 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14012 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 },
14014 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14015 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
14017 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14018 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14019 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14020 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
14022 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14023 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
14024 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
14027 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14030 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
14034 if (extension == base)
14037 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14038 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
14041 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14042 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
14045 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
14046 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
14048 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
14049 if (extension == base)
14056 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14058 static unsigned long
14059 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext)
14063 case AFL_EXT_3900: return bfd_mach_mips3900;
14064 case AFL_EXT_4010: return bfd_mach_mips4010;
14065 case AFL_EXT_4100: return bfd_mach_mips4100;
14066 case AFL_EXT_4111: return bfd_mach_mips4111;
14067 case AFL_EXT_4120: return bfd_mach_mips4120;
14068 case AFL_EXT_4650: return bfd_mach_mips4650;
14069 case AFL_EXT_5400: return bfd_mach_mips5400;
14070 case AFL_EXT_5500: return bfd_mach_mips5500;
14071 case AFL_EXT_5900: return bfd_mach_mips5900;
14072 case AFL_EXT_10000: return bfd_mach_mips10000;
14073 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
14074 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
14075 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
14076 case AFL_EXT_SB1: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
14077 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
14078 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp;
14079 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
14080 case AFL_EXT_XLR: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
14081 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000;
14085 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14088 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd *abfd)
14090 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
14092 case bfd_mach_mips3900: return AFL_EXT_3900;
14093 case bfd_mach_mips4010: return AFL_EXT_4010;
14094 case bfd_mach_mips4100: return AFL_EXT_4100;
14095 case bfd_mach_mips4111: return AFL_EXT_4111;
14096 case bfd_mach_mips4120: return AFL_EXT_4120;
14097 case bfd_mach_mips4650: return AFL_EXT_4650;
14098 case bfd_mach_mips5400: return AFL_EXT_5400;
14099 case bfd_mach_mips5500: return AFL_EXT_5500;
14100 case bfd_mach_mips5900: return AFL_EXT_5900;
14101 case bfd_mach_mips10000: return AFL_EXT_10000;
14102 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E;
14103 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F;
14104 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A;
14105 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: return AFL_EXT_SB1;
14106 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON;
14107 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP;
14108 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3;
14109 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2;
14110 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr: return AFL_EXT_XLR;
14111 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2:
14112 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2;
14117 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14118 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14120 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14121 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14122 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14124 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14127 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags)
14130 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
14132 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14133 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14134 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14135 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14136 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14137 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14138 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14139 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14140 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14141 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14142 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6: new_isa = LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14145 /* xgettext:c-format */
14146 (_("%pB: Unknown architecture %s"),
14147 abfd, bfd_printable_name (abfd));
14150 if (new_isa > LEVEL_REV (abiflags->isa_level, abiflags->isa_rev))
14152 abiflags->isa_level = ISA_LEVEL (new_isa);
14153 abiflags->isa_rev = ISA_REV (new_isa);
14156 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14157 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags->isa_ext),
14158 bfd_get_mach (abfd)))
14159 abiflags->isa_ext = bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd);
14162 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14165 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
14167 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
14168 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14169 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14170 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14171 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14172 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14173 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14174 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6);
14177 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14180 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0* abiflags)
14182 obj_attribute *in_attr;
14184 memset (abiflags, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0));
14185 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd, abiflags);
14187 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
14188 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_32;
14190 abiflags->gpr_size = AFL_REG_64;
14192 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14194 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
14195 abiflags->fp_abi = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
14197 if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14198 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14199 || (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14200 && abiflags->gpr_size == AFL_REG_32))
14201 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_32;
14202 else if (abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14203 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14204 || abiflags->fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
14205 abiflags->cpr1_size = AFL_REG_64;
14207 abiflags->cpr2_size = AFL_REG_NONE;
14209 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14210 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MDMX;
14211 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14212 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MIPS16;
14213 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14214 abiflags->ases |= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14216 if (abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14217 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14218 && abiflags->fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14219 && abiflags->isa_level >= 32
14220 && abiflags->isa_ext != AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A)
14221 abiflags->flags1 |= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG;
14224 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14225 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14226 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14229 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14232 struct bfd_link_order *p;
14233 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
14234 asection *rtproc_sec, *abiflags_sec;
14235 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
14236 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
14237 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
14238 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
14239 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
14240 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
14241 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
14246 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14248 static const char * const secname[] =
14250 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14251 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14253 static const int sc[] =
14255 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
14256 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
14259 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
14260 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14262 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14264 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
14267 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14269 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
14271 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
14275 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14276 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
14278 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
14280 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14281 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14282 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
14283 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14284 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
14285 else if (htab->is_vxworks
14286 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
14287 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14288 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
14289 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
14290 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
14291 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
14293 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14295 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
14297 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14298 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14300 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
14303 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14304 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
14308 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14309 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14310 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14314 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14316 abiflags_sec = NULL;
14317 reginfo_sec = NULL;
14319 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
14320 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
14321 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
14323 if (strcmp (o->name, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14325 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14326 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14327 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14328 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14330 asection *input_section;
14332 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14334 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14339 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14341 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14342 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14343 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14346 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14347 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0));
14349 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14350 matters, but someday it might). */
14351 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14356 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
14358 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
14360 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14361 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14362 the information together. */
14363 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14365 asection *input_section;
14367 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14370 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14372 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14377 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14378 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14380 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
14381 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14384 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
14386 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
14387 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
14388 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
14389 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
14390 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
14392 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14393 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14394 finally written out. */
14396 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14397 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14398 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14401 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14402 if (o->size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
14405 (_("%pB: .reginfo section size should be %d bytes, "
14406 "actual size is %d"),
14407 abfd, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo), o->size);
14412 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14413 matters, but someday it might). */
14414 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14419 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
14421 struct extsym_info einfo;
14424 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14425 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14426 the information together. */
14427 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
14428 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14429 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
14430 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
14431 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
14432 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
14433 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
14434 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
14435 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
14436 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
14437 symhdr->issMax = 0;
14438 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
14439 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
14441 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
14443 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14444 debug_info structure. */
14446 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
14447 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
14448 debug.external_sym = NULL;
14449 debug.external_opt = NULL;
14450 debug.external_aux = NULL;
14452 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
14453 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
14454 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
14455 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
14457 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14458 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
14462 esym.cobol_main = 0;
14466 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
14467 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
14468 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
14469 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
14471 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
14473 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
14474 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
14477 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
14478 last = s->vma + s->size;
14481 esym.asym.value = last;
14482 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
14483 secname[i], &esym))
14487 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14489 asection *input_section;
14491 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
14492 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
14496 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14498 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14503 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14504 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14506 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
14508 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14509 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14510 want to deal with it. */
14514 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
14515 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
14517 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
14519 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14520 read in the debugging information and set up an
14521 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14522 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
14526 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14527 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
14528 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
14531 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14532 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14533 the linker global hash table and save the information
14534 for the output external symbols. */
14535 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
14536 eraw_end = (eraw_src
14537 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
14538 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
14540 eraw_src < eraw_end;
14541 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
14545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
14547 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
14548 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
14549 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
14550 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
14553 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
14554 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14555 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
14556 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
14561 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
14562 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
14563 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
14569 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14570 free (input_debug.line);
14571 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
14572 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
14573 free (input_debug.external_sym);
14574 free (input_debug.external_opt);
14575 free (input_debug.external_aux);
14576 free (input_debug.ss);
14577 free (input_debug.ssext);
14578 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
14579 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
14580 free (input_debug.external_ext);
14582 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14583 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14584 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && bfd_link_pic (info))
14589 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14590 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
14591 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
14593 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
14594 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
14596 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
14599 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
14600 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
14604 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
14610 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14613 einfo.debug = &debug;
14615 einfo.failed = FALSE;
14616 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
14617 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
14621 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14622 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
14624 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14625 matters, but someday it might). */
14626 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14631 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
14633 const char *subname;
14636 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
14639 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14640 information describing how the small data area would
14641 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14642 not used in executables files. */
14643 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info))
14645 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14647 asection *input_section;
14649 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14651 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14656 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14658 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14659 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14660 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14663 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14664 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14665 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14667 /* Really remove the section. */
14668 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
14669 --abfd->section_count;
14674 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14675 uninitialized data. */
14676 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14677 gptab_data_sec = o;
14678 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14683 /* xgettext:c-format */
14684 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd, o);
14685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
14689 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14690 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14691 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14692 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14693 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14694 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14695 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
14697 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
14698 o->name = ".gptab.data";
14700 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
14701 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14702 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
14705 /* Set up the first entry. */
14707 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14708 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
14711 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
14712 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
14714 /* Combine the input sections. */
14715 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
14717 asection *input_section;
14719 bfd_size_type size;
14720 unsigned long last;
14721 bfd_size_type gpentry;
14723 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
14725 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
14730 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
14731 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
14733 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14734 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14735 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14736 size = input_section->size;
14738 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14740 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
14742 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
14743 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
14749 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14750 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
14751 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
14757 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
14759 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
14760 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
14763 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14765 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
14766 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
14768 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
14774 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
14777 /* We need a new table entry. */
14778 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
14779 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
14780 if (new_tab == NULL)
14786 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
14787 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
14789 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14790 value, since that will be implied by this new
14793 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
14795 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
14797 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
14798 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
14802 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
14803 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14808 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
14811 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14812 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14813 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
14816 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14818 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
14820 /* Swap out the table. */
14821 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14822 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
14823 if (ext_tab == NULL)
14829 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
14830 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
14833 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
14834 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
14836 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14837 matters, but someday it might). */
14838 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
14842 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14843 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
14846 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14848 if (abiflags_sec != NULL)
14850 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext;
14851 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags;
14853 abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
14855 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14856 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
14858 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd, abiflags);
14859 mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
14861 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd, abiflags, &ext);
14862 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, abiflags_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14866 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
14868 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
14870 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
14871 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
14875 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
14877 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
14878 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
14880 mdebug_sec->filepos))
14883 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
14886 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
14888 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
14889 gptab_data_sec->contents,
14890 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
14894 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
14896 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
14897 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
14898 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
14902 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
14904 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
14905 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
14907 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
14908 rtproc_sec->contents,
14909 0, rtproc_sec->size))
14917 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14918 if there are conflicting settings. */
14921 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
14923 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
14924 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
14925 flagword old_flags;
14926 flagword new_flags;
14929 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
14930 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14931 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
14933 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14935 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14936 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14938 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14939 doesn't seem to matter. */
14940 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14941 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14943 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14944 just be able to ignore this. */
14945 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14946 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14948 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14949 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
14950 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14952 if (new_flags == old_flags)
14957 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14958 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14961 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14966 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14967 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14968 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14969 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14971 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14972 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14974 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14975 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14978 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14982 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14984 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14985 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14987 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14988 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14989 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14990 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14991 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14992 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14993 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14995 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
14996 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
14998 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14999 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15000 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
15001 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
15002 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
15003 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
15007 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15009 /* xgettext:c-format */
15010 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15012 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
15013 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
15018 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15019 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
15021 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15022 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15023 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
15024 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15025 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15027 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15028 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15029 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15030 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
15033 /* xgettext:c-format */
15034 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15036 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
15037 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
15040 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15041 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
15044 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15045 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15046 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
15048 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15049 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
15050 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15051 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
15052 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
15053 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
15055 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
15058 /* xgettext:c-format */
15059 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15061 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15062 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15066 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15068 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15069 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
15072 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15073 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008))
15075 /* xgettext:c-format */
15076 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15078 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15079 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15080 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15081 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15083 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15084 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008;
15087 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15088 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64))
15090 /* xgettext:c-format */
15091 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15093 (new_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15094 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15095 (old_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64
15096 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15098 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15099 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_FP64;
15102 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15103 if (new_flags != old_flags)
15105 /* xgettext:c-format */
15107 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15109 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
15116 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15117 there are conflicting attributes. */
15119 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
15121 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
15122 obj_attribute *in_attr;
15123 obj_attribute *out_attr;
15127 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
15128 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15129 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15130 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15132 abi_msa_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd;
15134 && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15135 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_msa_bfd = ibfd;
15137 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
15139 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
15142 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15144 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
15149 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15150 non-conflicting ones. */
15151 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15152 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
15156 out_fp = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15157 in_fp = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15158 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
15159 if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15160 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_fp;
15161 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15162 && (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15163 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15164 || in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15166 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15167 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15169 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15170 && (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15171 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15172 || out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A))
15173 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15174 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15175 && in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15177 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
15178 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15180 else if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15181 && out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64)
15182 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15183 else if (in_fp != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15185 const char *out_string, *in_string;
15187 out_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp);
15188 in_string = _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp);
15189 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15190 if (!out_string && !in_string)
15191 /* xgettext:c-format */
15193 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15194 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15195 obfd, out_fp, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, in_fp);
15196 else if (!out_string)
15198 /* xgettext:c-format */
15199 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15200 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15201 obfd, out_fp, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, in_string);
15202 else if (!in_string)
15204 /* xgettext:c-format */
15205 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15206 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15207 obfd, out_string, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, in_fp);
15210 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15211 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15212 really relevant to the error message. */
15213 if (in_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15214 out_string = "-mhard-float";
15215 else if (out_fp == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT)
15216 in_string = "-mhard-float";
15218 /* xgettext:c-format */
15219 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15220 obfd, out_string, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, in_string);
15225 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15226 non-conflicting ones. */
15227 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15229 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].type = 1;
15230 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15231 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i;
15232 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY)
15233 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15235 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15237 /* xgettext:c-format */
15238 (_("Warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15239 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15240 obfd, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd,
15241 ibfd, in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15245 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i)
15247 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128:
15249 /* xgettext:c-format */
15250 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15251 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15252 obfd, out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
15253 abi_msa_bfd, ibfd, "-mmsa");
15258 /* xgettext:c-format */
15259 (_("Warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15260 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15261 obfd, out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i,
15262 abi_msa_bfd, ibfd, in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA].i);
15268 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15269 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
15272 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15273 there are conflicting settings. */
15276 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
15278 obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15279 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15280 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15282 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15283 out_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi = out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
15285 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15286 /* Merge abiflags. */
15287 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_level,
15288 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_level);
15289 out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev = max (out_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev,
15290 in_tdata->abiflags.isa_rev);
15291 out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size,
15292 in_tdata->abiflags.gpr_size);
15293 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size,
15294 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr1_size);
15295 out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size = max (out_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size,
15296 in_tdata->abiflags.cpr2_size);
15298 out_tdata->abiflags.ases |= in_tdata->abiflags.ases;
15299 out_tdata->abiflags.flags1 |= in_tdata->abiflags.flags1;
15304 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15305 object file when linking. */
15308 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
15310 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
15311 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *out_tdata;
15312 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *in_tdata;
15313 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
15317 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15318 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
15321 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15326 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
15329 in_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (ibfd);
15330 out_tdata = mips_elf_tdata (obfd);
15332 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
15335 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15340 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15341 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15342 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15343 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
15345 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15346 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15347 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15348 not affect compatibility. */
15349 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
15350 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
15351 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
15353 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
15354 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
15355 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
15357 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
15361 if (null_input_bfd)
15364 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15365 if (in_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15367 obj_attribute *in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
15368 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags;
15369 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags;
15371 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15373 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY)
15374 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_tdata->abiflags.fp_abi;
15376 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &abiflags);
15377 in_abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15379 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15380 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15381 if (in_abiflags.isa_rev == 3 || in_abiflags.isa_rev == 5)
15382 in_abiflags.isa_rev = 2;
15384 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags.isa_level, in_abiflags.isa_rev)
15385 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags.isa_level, abiflags.isa_rev))
15387 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15388 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15389 if (abiflags.fp_abi != Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15390 && in_abiflags.fp_abi != abiflags.fp_abi)
15392 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15393 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15394 if ((in_abiflags.ases & abiflags.ases) != abiflags.ases)
15396 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15397 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15398 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15400 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags.isa_ext),
15401 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags.isa_ext)))
15403 (_("%pB: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15404 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd);
15405 if (in_abiflags.flags2 != 0)
15407 (_("%pB: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15408 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd,
15409 in_abiflags.flags2);
15413 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd, &in_tdata->abiflags);
15414 in_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15417 if (!out_tdata->abiflags_valid)
15419 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15420 out_tdata->abiflags = in_tdata->abiflags;
15421 out_tdata->abiflags_valid = TRUE;
15424 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
15426 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
15427 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
15428 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
15429 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
15431 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
15432 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
15433 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
15434 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
15436 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
15437 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
15440 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15441 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd, &out_tdata->abiflags);
15447 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd, info);
15449 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info) && ok;
15451 ok = mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd, obfd) && ok;
15455 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
15462 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15465 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
15467 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
15468 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
15470 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
15471 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
15476 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
15480 default: return "";
15481 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
15482 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15483 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
15484 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15485 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
15486 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15487 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
15488 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15489 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
15490 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15491 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
15492 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15494 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15495 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
15496 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15497 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
15498 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15499 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
15500 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15501 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
15502 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15503 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
15504 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15505 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
15506 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15507 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
15508 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15509 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
15510 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15511 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
15512 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15513 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
15514 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15515 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL:
15516 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15517 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
15518 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15519 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
15520 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15521 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
15522 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15523 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
15524 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15525 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
15526 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15527 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
15528 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15529 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
15530 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15531 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
15532 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15533 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
15534 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15535 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
15536 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15537 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
15538 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15539 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
15540 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15541 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
15542 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15543 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
15544 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15545 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
15546 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15547 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
15548 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15549 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
15550 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15551 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
15552 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15553 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
15554 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15555 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
15556 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15557 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
15558 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15559 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
15560 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15561 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
15562 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15563 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
15564 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15565 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
15566 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15567 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
15568 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15569 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
15570 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15571 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
15572 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15576 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15580 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp)
15584 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15586 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15587 return "-mdouble-float";
15589 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15590 return "-msingle-float";
15592 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15593 return "-msoft-float";
15595 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15596 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15598 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15601 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15602 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15604 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15605 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15613 print_mips_ases (FILE *file, unsigned int mask)
15615 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSP)
15616 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file);
15617 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR2)
15618 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file);
15619 if (mask & AFL_ASE_DSPR3)
15620 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file);
15621 if (mask & AFL_ASE_EVA)
15622 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file);
15623 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MCU)
15624 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file);
15625 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MDMX)
15626 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file);
15627 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS3D)
15628 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file);
15629 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MT)
15630 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file);
15631 if (mask & AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS)
15632 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file);
15633 if (mask & AFL_ASE_VIRT)
15634 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file);
15635 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MSA)
15636 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file);
15637 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16)
15638 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file);
15639 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15640 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file);
15641 if (mask & AFL_ASE_XPA)
15642 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file);
15643 if (mask & AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2)
15644 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file);
15646 fprintf (file, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15647 else if ((mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK) != 0)
15648 fprintf (stdout, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask & ~AFL_ASE_MASK);
15652 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file, unsigned int isa_ext)
15657 fputs (_("None"), file);
15660 fputs ("RMI XLR", file);
15662 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3:
15663 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file);
15665 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2:
15666 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file);
15668 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP:
15669 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file);
15671 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A:
15672 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file);
15674 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON:
15675 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file);
15678 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file);
15681 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file);
15684 fputs ("LSI R4010", file);
15687 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file);
15690 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file);
15692 case AFL_EXT_10000:
15693 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file);
15696 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file);
15699 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file);
15702 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file);
15705 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file);
15708 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file);
15710 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E:
15711 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file);
15713 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F:
15714 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file);
15716 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2:
15717 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file);
15720 fprintf (file, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext);
15726 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file, int val)
15730 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY:
15731 fprintf (file, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15733 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE:
15734 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15736 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE:
15737 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15739 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT:
15740 fprintf (file, _("Soft float\n"));
15742 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64:
15743 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15745 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX:
15746 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15748 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64:
15749 fprintf (file, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15751 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A:
15752 fprintf (file, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15755 fprintf (file, "??? (%d)\n", val);
15761 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size)
15763 return (reg_size == AFL_REG_NONE) ? 0
15764 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_32) ? 32
15765 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_64) ? 64
15766 : (reg_size == AFL_REG_128) ? 128
15771 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
15775 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
15777 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15778 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
15780 /* xgettext:c-format */
15781 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
15783 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
15784 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15785 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
15786 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15787 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
15788 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15789 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
15790 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15791 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
15792 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15793 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
15794 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15795 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
15796 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
15798 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
15800 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
15801 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
15802 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
15803 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
15804 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
15805 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
15806 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
15807 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
15808 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
15809 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
15810 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
15811 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
15812 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
15813 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
15814 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
15815 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
15816 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
15817 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
15818 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6)
15819 fprintf (file, " [mips32r6]");
15820 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
15821 fprintf (file, " [mips64r6]");
15823 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15825 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
15826 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
15828 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
15829 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
15831 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
15832 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
15834 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NAN2008)
15835 fprintf (file, " [nan2008]");
15837 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_FP64)
15838 fprintf (file, " [old fp64]");
15840 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
15841 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
15843 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15845 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
15846 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
15848 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
15849 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
15851 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
15852 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
15854 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
15855 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
15857 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
15858 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
15860 fputc ('\n', file);
15862 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags_valid)
15864 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *abiflags = &mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags;
15865 fprintf (file, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags->version);
15866 fprintf (file, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags->isa_level);
15867 if (abiflags->isa_rev > 1)
15868 fprintf (file, "r%d", abiflags->isa_rev);
15869 fprintf (file, "\nGPR size: %d",
15870 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->gpr_size));
15871 fprintf (file, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15872 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr1_size));
15873 fprintf (file, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15874 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags->cpr2_size));
15875 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file);
15876 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file, abiflags->fp_abi);
15877 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file);
15878 print_mips_isa_ext (file, abiflags->isa_ext);
15879 fputs ("\nASEs:", file);
15880 print_mips_ases (file, abiflags->ases);
15881 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags1);
15882 fprintf (file, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags->flags2);
15883 fputc ('\n', file);
15889 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
15891 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15893 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
15894 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15895 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
15896 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
15897 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15900 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15901 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15902 definiton of the symbol. */
15904 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
15905 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
15906 bfd_boolean definition,
15907 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15909 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15911 unsigned char other;
15913 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
15914 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15915 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
15919 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
15920 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
15923 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15924 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15926 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
15928 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
15932 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
15934 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
15935 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15936 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
15939 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15940 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15943 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
15944 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15947 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
15948 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
15951 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15952 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15953 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15954 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15955 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15956 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15957 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15958 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15961 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
15962 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15963 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
15964 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
15967 static const char pltname[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15968 static const char microsuffix[] = "@micromipsplt";
15969 static const char m16suffix[] = "@mips16plt";
15970 static const char mipssuffix[] = "@plt";
15972 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
15973 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
15974 bfd_boolean micromips_p = MICROMIPS_P (abfd);
15975 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
15976 bfd_byte *plt_data;
15977 bfd_vma plt_offset;
15978 unsigned int other;
15979 bfd_vma entry_size;
15998 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 || dynsymcount <= 0)
16001 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
16002 if (relplt == NULL)
16005 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
16006 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
16009 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
16013 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
16014 if (!(*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
16016 p = relplt->relocation;
16018 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16019 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16020 PLT slots per relocation. */
16021 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
16022 counti = count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
16023 size = 2 * count * sizeof (asymbol);
16024 size += count * (sizeof (mipssuffix) +
16025 (micromips_p ? sizeof (microsuffix) : sizeof (m16suffix)));
16026 for (pi = 0; pi < counti; pi += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
16027 size += 2 * strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16029 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16030 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof (pltname);
16032 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, plt, &plt_data))
16035 if (plt->size < 16)
16038 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
16041 send = s + 2 * count + 1;
16043 names = (char *) send;
16044 nend = (char *) s + size;
16047 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + 12);
16048 if (opcode == 0x3302fffe)
16052 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16053 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16055 else if (opcode == 0x0398c1d0)
16059 plt0_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16060 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16064 plt0_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
16069 s->flags = BSF_SYNTHETIC | BSF_FUNCTION | BSF_LOCAL;
16073 s->udata.i = other;
16074 memcpy (names, pltname, sizeof (pltname));
16075 names += sizeof (pltname);
16079 for (plt_offset = plt0_size;
16080 plt_offset + 8 <= plt->size && s < send;
16081 plt_offset += entry_size)
16083 bfd_vma gotplt_addr;
16084 const char *suffix;
16089 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4);
16091 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16092 if (opcode == 0x651aeb00)
16096 /* Truncated table??? */
16097 if (plt_offset + 16 > plt->size)
16099 gotplt_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 12);
16100 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16101 suffixlen = sizeof (m16suffix);
16102 suffix = m16suffix;
16103 other = STO_MIPS16;
16105 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16106 else if (opcode == 0xff220000)
16110 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0x7f;
16111 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16112 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16114 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16115 gotplt_addr += ((plt->vma + plt_offset) | 3) ^ 3;
16116 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16117 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16118 suffix = microsuffix;
16119 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16121 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16122 else if ((opcode & 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16124 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 2) & 0xffff;
16125 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_16 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 6) & 0xffff;
16126 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16127 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16128 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16129 entry_size = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry);
16130 suffixlen = sizeof (microsuffix);
16131 suffix = microsuffix;
16132 other = STO_MICROMIPS;
16134 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16137 gotplt_hi = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset) & 0xffff;
16138 gotplt_lo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, plt_data + plt_offset + 4) & 0xffff;
16139 gotplt_hi = ((gotplt_hi ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16140 gotplt_lo = (gotplt_lo ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16141 gotplt_addr = gotplt_hi + gotplt_lo;
16142 entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
16143 suffixlen = sizeof (mipssuffix);
16144 suffix = mipssuffix;
16147 /* Truncated table??? */
16148 if (plt_offset + entry_size > plt->size)
16152 i < count && p[pi].address != gotplt_addr;
16153 i++, pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti);
16160 *s = **p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr;
16161 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16162 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16163 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
16164 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
16165 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
16167 s->value = plt_offset;
16169 s->udata.i = other;
16171 len = strlen ((*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
16172 namelen = len + suffixlen;
16173 if (names + namelen > nend)
16176 memcpy (names, (*p[pi].sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
16178 memcpy (names, suffix, suffixlen);
16179 names += suffixlen;
16182 pi = (pi + bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) % counti;
16191 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16193 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 *
16194 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd *abfd)
16196 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
16198 return tdata->abiflags_valid ? &tdata->abiflags : NULL;
16202 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
16204 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
16205 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
16207 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
16210 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
16211 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
16213 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
16214 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
16217 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd, link_info);
16219 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16220 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd)->abiflags.fp_abi == Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A)
16221 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 3;
16225 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16227 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
16230 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16233 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
16235 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE;